Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 425

iManager NetEco 6000

V600R007C60
Device Installation and Commissioning
Guide
Issue 07
Date 2019-03-06

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.


Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2019. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees or
representations of any kind, either express or implied.
The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.


Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: http://e.huawei.com

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

Contents

1 Installation Preparations....................................................................................................... 1
2 Installing Devices .................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 Installing a Camera ............................................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Installing a Smoke Sensor .................................................................................................................................................... 6
2.3 Installing a WS302M2A-5 Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor ......................................................................... 7
2.4 Installing a WS332M-5 Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor............................................................................... 8
2.5 Installing an Infrared Sensor ................................................................................................................................................ 9
2.6 Installing a WLDS900 Water Sensor ................................................................................................................................. 11
2.7 Installing the WCON-22Z Skylight Ceiling Controller ................................................................................................... 14
2.8 Installing the WCON-14Z Skylight Ceiling Controller ................................................................................................... 14
2.9 Installing the Lighting Control Box................................................................................................................................... 15

3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices ....................................................................... 16


3.1 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC500 Collector and LAN Switch ................................................................................ 16
3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable ......................................................................................................................................... 16
3.1.2 Port Description for CCU Collector ............................................................................................................................... 18
3.1.3 Port Description for ECC Collector................................................................................................................................ 25
3.1.4 Switch Port ....................................................................................................................................................................... 25
3.1.5 Server Port Description ................................................................................................................................................... 26
3.1.6 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the NetEco .............................................................................................................. 28
3.1.7 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Standalone Module ............................................................................................. 32
3.1.8 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Camera ................................................................................................................ 32
3.1.9 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Door Status Sensor ............................................................................................. 32
3.1.10 Connecting a Monitoring Cable for the SD-09A-HWA Current-Type Smoke Sensor.............................................. 33
3.1.11 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the SDLH-94R Dry Contact-Type Smoke Sensor ............................................. 34
3.1.12 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WS302M2A-5 Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor ......................... 36
3.1.13 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WS332M-5 Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor .............................. 37
3.1.14 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an NTC Sensor..................................................................................................... 39
3.1.15 Connecting Cables to the WLDS900 Water Sensor .................................................................................................... 40
3.1.16 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WLDS600 Water Sensor .................................................................................. 41
3.1.17 Connecting Cables to the SJ535A Water Sensor ......................................................................................................... 41
3.1.18 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Point Water Sensor ........................................................................................... 43
3.1.19 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Hydrogen Sensor .............................................................................................. 44

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

3.1.20 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Door Access Controller in a Modular Data Center ........................................ 45
3.1.21 Connecting a Monitoring Cable for the A8802RS or A8804 Access Controller ....................................................... 47
3.1.22 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the NEWABEL CHD200G Fingerprint Controller ........................................... 47
3.1.23 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the MS899 Electronic Door Lock ...................................................................... 48
3.1.24 Installing the SMS Modem ........................................................................................................................................... 49
3.1.25 Connecting Monitoring Cables to a WCON-22Z Skylight Ceiling Controller ......................................................... 50
3.1.26 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WCON-14Z Skylight Controller ..................................................................... 51
3.1.27 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Lighting Control Box ....................................................................................... 55
3.1.28 (Optional) Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an NVR6128G2................................................................................. 56
3.1.29 (Optional) Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a VCN500 .......................................................................................... 56
3.1.30 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an ACRD502 Smart Cooling Product ................................................................ 57
3.1.31 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PEX Smart Cooling Product ............................................................................ 58
3.1.32 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a CRV Smart Cooling Product ............................................................................ 60
3.1.33 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a DataMate3000 Smart Cooling Product (Method One) .................................. 61
3.1.34 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a DataMate3000 Smart Cooling Product (Method Two) .................................. 63
3.1.35 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an AP0481H Smart Cooling Product ................................................................. 64
3.1.36 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an XR066C Smart Cooling Product ................................................................... 65
3.1.37 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-C025............................................................................................. 65
3.1.38 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-C030............................................................................................. 67
3.1.39 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-A020 ............................................................................................ 68
3.1.40 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-A035 ............................................................................................ 70
3.1.41 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A050 ............................................................................................ 72
3.1.42 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A100 ............................................................................................ 73
3.1.43 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C070............................................................................................. 73
3.1.44 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C150............................................................................................. 74
3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U ......................................................................................... 74
3.1.46 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A030U ......................................................................................... 75
3.1.47 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A040D ......................................................................................... 76
3.1.48 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A060D ......................................................................................... 76
3.1.49 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C030U.......................................................................................... 76
3.1.50 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C150U.......................................................................................... 77
3.1.51 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a HIPULSE-NXL UPS ........................................................................................ 77
3.1.52 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a HIPULSE U UPS ............................................................................................. 78
3.1.53 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Galaxy7000 UPS .............................................................................................. 78
3.1.54 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Delta 120 kVA UPS .......................................................................................... 78
3.1.55 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Riello UPS ........................................................................................................ 79
3.1.56 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS2000-G (over SNMP) ............................................................................... 79
3.1.57 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS2000-G (over Modbus) ............................................................................. 80
3.1.58 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS5000-A (30kVA-120kVA) ........................................................................ 80
3.1.59 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS5000-E ....................................................................................................... 82
3.1.60 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an iUPS5000-E .................................................................................................... 83
3.1.61 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS5000-P ........................................................................................................ 83

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

3.1.62 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS8000-D ....................................................................................................... 84


3.1.63 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a YD2010 Coulometer ........................................................................................ 84
3.1.64 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD800 Coulometer ........................................................................................... 86
3.1.65 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD510 Coulometer ........................................................................................... 87
3.1.66 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a DIRISA20 Coulometer..................................................................................... 87
3.1.67 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PM 710 Coulometer ......................................................................................... 88
3.1.68 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an ABB Coulometer ............................................................................................ 89
3.1.69 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PZ80L-E4KC Coulometer ............................................................................... 90
3.1.70 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a KeluMeter Coulometer..................................................................................... 91
3.1.71 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PMAC625 and PMAC720 Coulometer .......................................................... 92
3.1.72 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD194Z Coulometer......................................................................................... 93
3.1.73 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a SepamT20 Coulometer..................................................................................... 94
3.1.74 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the IG-NT Coulometer ........................................................................................ 95
3.1.75 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PM5350 Coulometer ........................................................................................ 96
3.1.76 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an ABB OTM ATS .............................................................................................. 97
3.1.77 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a TU520A ATS..................................................................................................... 98
3.1.78 Connecting the PDU8000 Monitoring Cable.............................................................................................................100
3.1.79 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PDU2000-32-1PH-20/4-M2 ..........................................................................101
3.1.80 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an HPXPDU2000-16-3PH-24-6-M1 ................................................................101
3.1.81 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to TP483000D ........................................................................................................103
3.1.82 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Battery Monitoring Unit.................................................................................103
3.1.83 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PREAIR-HT-901 Dehumidifier .....................................................................104
3.1.84 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the DG ................................................................................................................104
3.1.85 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Sepam Series 10 VCB ....................................................................................105
3.1.86 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an AVR ...............................................................................................................106
3.1.87 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an RH2288 IPMI ...............................................................................................106
3.1.88 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a CIM .................................................................................................................107
3.2 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC800 Collector ...........................................................................................................107
3.2.1 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the ECC800 Collector .........................................................................................107

4 Checking the Installation ................................................................................................. 108


4.1 Checking the Installation of the Cabinet .........................................................................................................................108
4.2 Checking the Installation of Components in the Cabinet...............................................................................................109
4.3 Checking the Installation of Power Cables and Ground Cables ....................................................................................109
4.4 Checking the Connection of Signal Cables ..................................................................................................................... 110

5 Adding Devices ................................................................................................................. 112


5.1 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC500 Collector and LAN Switch .............................................................................. 113
5.1.1 Commissioning a CCU Collector .................................................................................................................................113
5.1.1.1 Configuring CCU Collector Scenarios...................................................................................................................... 113
5.1.1.2 Configuring a CCU Collector .................................................................................................................................... 116
5.1.1.3 Checking CCU Collector Software Version..............................................................................................................120
5.1.1.4 Configuring the Level Alarm Mode for the EEUA Daughter Control Card of the CCU Collector ......................121

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

5.1.1.5 Configuring Dry Contact Alarm for Main Control Card of CCU Collector ...........................................................123
5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port Number .........................................................................................................................125
5.1.1.7 Creating a CCU Collector on the NetEco .................................................................................................................126
5.1.2 Commissioning the ECC500 V6 Collector ..................................................................................................................129
5.1.2.1 Setting ECC500 V600R001C00 Monitoring Parameters ........................................................................................129
5.1.2.1.1 Setting ECC500 V6 Collector IP Address .............................................................................................................129
5.1.2.1.2 Setting SNMPv3 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector ................................................................................131
5.1.2.2 Setting Parameters for ECC500 V600R001C01 or Later Versions .........................................................................134
5.1.2.2.1 Setting ECC500 V6 Collector IP Address .............................................................................................................134
5.1.2.2.2 Setting Pass-through Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector ..........................................................................136
5.1.2.2.3 Setting SNMP Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector.....................................................................................137
5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485 Port Number .............................................................................................................140
5.1.2.4 Creating a ECC500 V6 Collector on the NetEco .....................................................................................................141
5.1.3 Adding CIM Collector ...................................................................................................................................................147
5.1.3.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a CIM Collector ................................................................................................147
5.1.3.2 Creating a CIM Collector on the NetEco ..................................................................................................................148
5.1.3.3 CIM and BIM Networking.........................................................................................................................................152
5.1.4 Adding RH2288_IPMI ..................................................................................................................................................153
5.1.4.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the RH2288_IPMI Server ................................................................................153
5.1.4.2 Creating a RH2288_IPMI Server on the NetEco .....................................................................................................153
5.1.5 Adding IBM ...................................................................................................................................................................157
5.1.5.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the IBM Server .................................................................................................157
5.1.5.2 Creating a IBM Server on the NetEco ......................................................................................................................157
5.1.6 Adding Dry Contact Interface Devices ........................................................................................................................161
5.1.6.1 Setting ECC500 V600R001C00 Dry Contact Interface Parameters .......................................................................161
5.1.6.1.1 Setting Door Status Sensor Monitoring Parameters ..............................................................................................161
5.1.6.1.2 Setting Smoke Sensor and Water Leakage Sensor Parameters.............................................................................163
5.1.6.1.3 Setting Device Monitoring Parameters of an NO/NC Dry Contact .....................................................................164
5.1.6.2 Setting Dry Contact Interface Parameters for ECC500 V600R001C01 or Later Versions....................................166
5.1.6.2.1 Setting Door Status Sensor Monitoring Parameters ..............................................................................................166
5.1.6.2.2 Setting Smoke Sensor and Water Leakage Sensor Parameters.............................................................................168
5.1.6.2.3 Setting Device Monitoring Parameters of an NO/NC Dry Contact .....................................................................169
5.1.6.3 Modifying the Names of the dry contact on the NetEco..........................................................................................171
5.1.6.4 Commissioning the Dry Contact Interface Devices on the NetEco ........................................................................174
5.1.6.5 Commissioning the Skylight Ceiling Controller ......................................................................................................175
5.1.7 Adding a Fire Controller ...............................................................................................................................................181
5.1.7.1 Creating a Fire Controller on the NetEco .................................................................................................................181
5.1.8 Adding an NTC Sensor(TE820E10*01RJ) ..................................................................................................................184
5.1.8.1 Setting NTC Sensor Monitoring Parameters ............................................................................................................184
5.1.8.2 Setting Device IP Addresses of NTC Sensors ..........................................................................................................186
5.1.8.3 Creating a NTC Sensor on the NetEco......................................................................................................................187
5.1.9 Adding an Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor .............................................................................................191

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

5.1.9.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor .............................................191
5.1.9.2 Creating a sensor on the NetEco................................................................................................................................192
5.1.10 Adding an Water Leakage Sensor ...............................................................................................................................195
5.1.10.1 Creating a Water Leakage Sensor on the NetEco ...................................................................................................195
5.1.11 Adding a Hydrogen Sensor .........................................................................................................................................198
5.1.11.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Hydrogen Sensor .........................................................................................198
5.1.11.2 Creating a Hydrogen Sensor on the NetEco ...........................................................................................................199
5.1.12 Adding an Access Controller ......................................................................................................................................202
5.1.12.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the A8802 or A8804 Access Controller ........................................................202
5.1.12.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the A8802RS or A8804RS Access Controller ..............................................204
5.1.12.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the NEWABEL CHD200G Fingerprint Controller ......................................204
5.1.12.4 Creating an Access Controller on the NetEco ........................................................................................................204
5.1.12.5 Creating a NEWABEL CHD200G Fingerprint Controller on the NetEco ...........................................................205
5.1.12.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an MS899 Electronic Door Lock ..................................................................209
5.1.13 Setting SMS .................................................................................................................................................................210
5.1.14 Adding a Smart Cooling Product ................................................................................................................................ 211
5.1.14.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an ACRD502 Smart Cooling Product ........................................................... 211
5.1.14.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PEX Smart Cooling Product (over SNMP) ...............................................212
5.1.14.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PEX Smart Cooling Product (over Modbus) .............................................212
5.1.14.4 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a CRV Smart Cooling Product ......................................................................213
5.1.14.5 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a DataMate3000 Smart Cooling Product ......................................................213
5.1.14.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an AP0481H Smart Cooling Product ............................................................215
5.1.14.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an XR066C Smart Cooling Product ..............................................................215
5.1.14.8 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-C025 .......................................................................................216
5.1.14.9 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-C030 .......................................................................................218
5.1.14.10 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-A020 .....................................................................................219
5.1.14.11 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-A035 .....................................................................................220
5.1.14.12 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A050 .....................................................................................222
5.1.14.13 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A100 .....................................................................................223
5.1.14.14 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C070 .....................................................................................225
5.1.14.15 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C150 .....................................................................................226
5.1.14.16 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A020U ..................................................................................228
5.1.14.17 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A030U ..................................................................................229
5.1.14.18 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A040D ..................................................................................231
5.1.14.19 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A060D ..................................................................................232
5.1.14.20 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C030U ..................................................................................234
5.1.14.21 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C150U ..................................................................................235
5.1.14.22 Creating a Smart Cooling Product on the NetEco ................................................................................................237
5.1.15 Adding a UPS...............................................................................................................................................................242
5.1.15.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a HIPULSE U UPS ........................................................................................242
5.1.15.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Galaxy7000 UPS .........................................................................................243
5.1.15.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Delta 120 kVA UPS .....................................................................................243

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

5.1.15.4 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Riello UPS ...................................................................................................244


5.1.15.5 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS2000-G (over SNMP) ..........................................................................244
5.1.15.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS2000 (over Modbus) ............................................................................247
5.1.15.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS5000-A (30 kVA-120 kVA) .................................................................248
5.1.15.8 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS5000-E ..................................................................................................250
5.1.15.9 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS8000-D ..................................................................................................250
5.1.15.10 Creating a UPS on the NetEco ..............................................................................................................................251
5.1.16 Adding a PDU ..............................................................................................................................................................256
5.1.16.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PDU8000 .....................................................................................................256
5.1.16.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PDU8000 (over SNMP) ..............................................................................257
5.1.16.3 Setting AVR Monitoring Parameters .......................................................................................................................257
5.1.16.4 Creating a PDU on the NetEco ................................................................................................................................258
5.1.17 Adding a Coulometer...................................................................................................................................................260
5.1.17.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a YD2010 Coulometer ...................................................................................260
5.1.17.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PD800 Coulometer ......................................................................................262
5.1.17.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PD510 Coulometer ......................................................................................263
5.1.17.4 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a DIRISA20 Coulometer ...............................................................................264
5.1.17.5 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PM 710 Coulometer ....................................................................................265
5.1.17.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a ABB Coulometer .........................................................................................266
5.1.17.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PZ80L-E4KC Coulometer ..........................................................................267
5.1.17.8 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a KeluMeter Coulometer ...............................................................................267
5.1.17.9 Setting Monitoring Parameters for PMAC625 and PMAC720 Coulometer ........................................................268
5.1.17.10 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PD194Z Coulometer .................................................................................268
5.1.17.11 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a SepamT20 Coulometer .............................................................................269
5.1.17.12 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a IG-NT Coulometer ....................................................................................269
5.1.17.13 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PM5350 Coulometer .................................................................................270
5.1.17.14 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a HUAWEI Coulometer ...............................................................................271
5.1.17.15 Creating a Power Meter on the NetEco ................................................................................................................272
5.1.18 Adding an Relay ..........................................................................................................................................................275
5.1.18.1 Setting Parameters for a Sepam Series 10 VCB .....................................................................................................275
5.1.18.2 Creating a Relay on the NetEco ..............................................................................................................................276
5.1.19 Adding an Transformer................................................................................................................................................279
5.1.19.1 Creating a Transformer on the NetEco....................................................................................................................279
5.1.20 Adding an ATS .............................................................................................................................................................282
5.1.20.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an ABB OTM ATS .........................................................................................282
5.1.20.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a TU520A ATS ...............................................................................................283
5.1.20.3 Creating a ATS on the NetEco .................................................................................................................................284
5.1.21 Adding a TP483000D ..................................................................................................................................................287
5.1.21.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for TP483000D .....................................................................................................287
5.1.21.2 Creating a TP483000D on the NetEco ....................................................................................................................288
5.1.22 Adding a RPDU ...........................................................................................................................................................292
5.1.22.1 Setting RPDU_HUAWEI_PDU2000-32-1PH-20-4-M2 Monitoring Parameters ................................................292

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

5.1.22.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for HPXPDU2000-16-3PH-24-6-M1 .................................................................292


5.1.22.3 Creating a RPDU on the NetEco .............................................................................................................................293
5.1.23 Adding a Battery Monitoring Unit..............................................................................................................................298
5.1.23.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Battery Monitoring Unit .............................................................................298
5.1.23.2 Creating a Battery Monitoring Unit on the NetEco ...............................................................................................298
5.1.24 Adding a PREAIR-HT-901 Dehumidifier ..................................................................................................................302
5.1.24.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PREAIR-HT-901 Dehumidifier..................................................................302
5.1.24.2 Creating a DeHumidifier on the NetEco .................................................................................................................302
5.1.25 Adding a Humidifier ....................................................................................................................................................305
5.1.25.1 Creating a Humidifier on the NetEco......................................................................................................................305
5.1.26 Adding a DG ................................................................................................................................................................309
5.1.26.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a P1000P1 DG ................................................................................................309
5.1.26.2 Creating a DG on the NetEco ..................................................................................................................................309
5.1.27 Adding a NVR6128G2 and eSpace IPC Camera.......................................................................................................313
5.1.27.1 Configuring Server Parameters ...............................................................................................................................313
5.1.27.1.1 Logging In to the NVR Management System .....................................................................................................313
5.1.27.1.2 Configuring IP Addresses of Management Servers ............................................................................................314
5.1.27.1.3 Enabling or Disabling Services ............................................................................................................................315
5.1.27.1.4 Changing the Password and System Time ...........................................................................................................317
5.1.27.2 Installing the eSpace IVS Client..............................................................................................................................318
5.1.27.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the eSpace IPC Semi-Dome ..........................................................................319
5.1.27.4 Changing the Preset Password for the eSpace IPC Semi-Dome ...........................................................................320
5.1.27.5 Adding Cameras on NVR6128G2 ...........................................................................................................................321
5.1.27.5.1 Adding Clairvoyance-Compliant Cameras ..........................................................................................................321
5.1.27.5.2 Checking Basic Camera Functions ......................................................................................................................325
5.1.27.6 Configure a Camera Parameter on NetEco .............................................................................................................326
5.1.27.7 Creating a eSpace IPC Camera on the NetEco .......................................................................................................328
5.1.28 Adding a VCN500 and IPC6321 Camera ..................................................................................................................331
5.1.28.1 Configuring VCN500 Server Parameters ...............................................................................................................331
5.1.28.1.1 Logging In to the OMU Portal Servers ................................................................................................................331
5.1.28.1.2 Configuring IP Addresses of VCN500 Servers ...................................................................................................333
5.1.28.1.3 Change the Preset Password for the VCN500 Servers........................................................................................334
5.1.28.2 Installing and Starting the IVS Client .....................................................................................................................335
5.1.28.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the IPC6321 Camera ......................................................................................336
5.1.28.4 Changing the Preset Password for the IPC6321 Camera .......................................................................................337
5.1.28.5 Adding a Camera to the VCN500 ............................................................................................................................338
5.1.28.6 Configure a Camera Parameter on NetEco .............................................................................................................341
5.1.28.7 Creating a eSpace IPC Camera on the NetEco .......................................................................................................343
5.1.29 Setting RS485 Parameters for the Collector ..............................................................................................................346
5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters for the CCU Collector .................................................................................................346
5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector......................................................................................348
5.2 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC800 Collector ...........................................................................................................349

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. viii


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide Contents

5.2.1 Commissioning the ECC800 Collector ........................................................................................................................349


5.2.1.1 Setting ECC800 Collector IP Address.......................................................................................................................349
5.2.1.2 Setting Pass-through Parameters for the ECC800 Collector ...................................................................................351
5.2.1.3 Creating a Micro-module ...........................................................................................................................................352
5.2.1.4 Creating a ECC800 Collector on the NetEco ...........................................................................................................354
5.2.2 Setting IP Cameras and VCN500s ................................................................................................................................356
5.2.2.1 LAN Switch Networking ...........................................................................................................................................356
5.2.2.2 Smart ETH Gateway Networking..............................................................................................................................357
5.2.2.2.1 Setting the Video IP Address ..................................................................................................................................357
5.2.2.2.2 Video Function Check .............................................................................................................................................358
5.2.2.2.3 Video Storage ...........................................................................................................................................................360
5.2.2.2.4 Motion Detection .....................................................................................................................................................361
5.2.2.2.5 Adding a Camera to the VCN500 ...........................................................................................................................362
5.2.2.2.6 Configuring a Camera Parameter on NetEco ........................................................................................................367
5.2.2.2.7 Creating an IPC6321 Camera on the NetEco ........................................................................................................369
5.2.2.2.8 Setting the VCN500 Parameters .............................................................................................................................372
5.2.2.2.9 Viewing Videos on the ECC800 WebUI ................................................................................................................373
5.2.3 Adding Dry Contact Interface Devices ........................................................................................................................374
5.2.3.1 Setting ECC800 Dry Contact Interface Parameters .................................................................................................374
5.2.3.1.1 Setting Door Status Sensor Monitoring Parameters ..............................................................................................374
5.2.3.1.2 Setting Smoke Sensor and Water Leakage Sensor Parameters.............................................................................375
5.2.3.1.3 Setting Device Monitoring Parameters of an NO/NC Dry Contact .....................................................................377

6 FAQ ..................................................................................................................................... 379


6.1 How Do I Query the VCN500 Version Information? .....................................................................................................379
6.2 How Do I Resolve the Connection Issue Between the NVR6128 and NetEco? ..........................................................380
6.3 How Do I Handle Abnormal Door Control Status? ........................................................................................................381
6.4 How Do I Set Parameters for Logging In to the UPS2000 WebUI? .............................................................................382
6.5 What Can I Do If the ECC500 Collector Cannot Be Logged In on the WebUI? .........................................................383
6.6 Logging In to the ECC800 WebUI ..................................................................................................................................384
6.7 How to Change the Preset Password for the ECC Collector .........................................................................................386
6.8 How to Change the Preset Password for the CCU Collector .........................................................................................388
6.9 How to Update the Software Version of CCU Collector................................................................................................389
6.10 NetEco Common Operations .........................................................................................................................................390
6.10.1 Creating a Domain .......................................................................................................................................................390
6.10.2 Adding a Module .........................................................................................................................................................394
6.10.3 Creating an Icon for a Door Status Sensor.................................................................................................................397
6.10.4 Create the Water Sensor ..............................................................................................................................................402
6.10.5 Create the LinkWater Sensor ......................................................................................................................................405
6.10.6 Create the Smoke Sensor ............................................................................................................................................408
6.10.7 Registering with the OCX Plug-in.............................................................................................................................. 411
6.10.8 Formatting an Access Controller ................................................................................................................................415

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ix


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 1 Installation Preparations

1 Installation Preparations

Unpacking and Acceptance


After cargoes are delivered onsite, check the following:
 Check whether the number of delivered cargoes is consistent with the number described
on the Packing List attached to each packing case and whether the arrival place is the
actual installation site.
 Check the cargoes against the packing lists. If shortage or miscarriage occurs, fill in the
Cargo Shortage and Miscarriage Report. If cargo damage occurs, fill in the Cargo
Replacement Application Form.

Installation Personnel Requirements


The following describes the requirements for the number of installation personnel and
required technical skills:
 The number of installation personnel varies depending on the project progress and the
installation environment. Typically, three to five persons are required.
 Only trained and qualified personnel are allowed to install and commission the
equipment.

Preparing Installation Tools


The following figure shows the tools to be prepared before you install the NetEco hardware.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 1 Installation Preparations

Figure 1-1 Installation tools

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

2 Installing Devices

2.1 Installing a Camera


Prerequisites
 A camera and tools for installing it have been prepared.
 A network cable for connecting the camera to the switch has been prepared.
 The switch has been normally powered on.

Context
 This topic describes how to install and commission a camera in a room. Two persons are
required for the commissioning.
 Cameras used in different scenarios may be installed in different carriers. The camera in
a corridor is installed on the control skylight and the one in a room is installed on the
ceiling or a wall. This topic describes how to install a camera on the ceiling. For
installing cameras in other scenarios, perform the same steps.
 The camera described in this section can be installed only on a suspended ceiling if
on-ceiling installation is required.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the camera.
Step 2 Use bolts to secure the base to the ceiling, counterclockwise tighten the dome camera to the
base, and use screws to secure it, as shown in Figure 2-1.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Figure 2-1 Installing a camera

 If it is on a concrete wall, use plastic expansion tubes and tapping screws to secure the camera.
 If it is on a control skylight, use M3x10 screws to secure the base to the control skylight.
 Prior to installing the camera, properly install related cables to avoid removing it from time to time.

Step 3 Use the hexagon screwdriver configured with the camera to remove the explosion-proof
screws, and take down the dome cover, as shown in Figure 2-2.

Figure 2-2 Removing a dome cover

Step 4 Adjust the angle, distance, and resolution for the camera.
1. Connect the RCA video output port to the test monitor. (3) in Figure 2-3 shows an RCA
video output port.
2. Connect the other end of the network cable to any network port on the switch (powered
in PoE mode). Power on the switch to power the camera.
3. Assign one person to observe the monitor, and another person to adjust the camera to
cover the position to be monitored, as shown in Figure 2-3.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

4. Assign one person to observe the monitor and another to adjust the distance of displayed
picture by rotating button 2. (2) in Figure 2-3 shows button 2.
5. Assign one person to observe the monitor and another to adjust the distance of displayed
picture by rotating button 1. (1) in Figure 2-3 shows button 1.

Figure 2-3 Adjusting the camera

1. Button 1, adjusting camera resolution 2. Button 2, adjusting camera shooting distance


3. RCA simulation video output 4. Securing screws

For details about how to install the camera and connect cables to it, refer to your delivered documents.

Step 5 Reinstall the dome cover and tighten the screws, as shown in Figure 2-4.

Figure 2-4 Installing a dome cover

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

2.2 Installing a Smoke Sensor


Prerequisites
 The object to carry the smoke sensor has been installed.
 A smoke sensor and tools for installing it have been prepared.

Context
 This topic describes how to install a smoke sensor on the control skylight. For installing
the sensor on different objects, perform the same steps.
 The screws used for mounting the smoke sensor are available in the fitting bag of its
carrier. For example, if the smoke sensor is to be mounted on the control skylight, obtain
the screws from the fitting bag of the control skylight.

Procedure
Step 1 Secure the smoke sensor base to the control skylight by using M3x10 bolts, as shown in
Figure 2-5.

Figure 2-5 Installing a smoke sensor base

Step 2 Align the mounting holes on the smoke sensor with the mounting holes on the smoke sensor
base, and then rotate the smoke sensor until it is secured, as shown in Figure 2-6.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Figure 2-6 Installing a smoke sensor

 For details about how to install the smoke sensor and connect cables to it, refer to your delivered
documents.
 Prior to installing the smoke sensor, properly install related cables to avoid removing it from time to
time.

----End

2.3 Installing a WS302M2A-5 Ambient Temperature and


Humidity Sensor
Prerequisites
 The object where you plan to install the ambient temperature and humidity sensor has
been installed.
 The ambient temperature and humidity sensor and installation tools are prepared.

Context
 This topic describes how to install an ambient temperature and humidity sensor on the
control skylight. For installing the sensor on different objects, perform the same steps.
 The screws used for mounting the ambient temperature and humidity sensor are available
in the fitting bag of its carrier. For example, if the ambient temperature and humidity
sensor is to be mounted on the control skylight, obtain the screws from the fitting bag of
the control skylight.

Procedure
Step 1 Secure the base of the ambient temperature and humidity sensor to the control skylight ceiling
by using M3x10 bolts, as shown in Figure 2-7.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Figure 2-7 Installing the base

Step 2 Press down the strip on the ambient temperature and humidity sensor. Align the strip with the
hole in the sensor base, and then secure the ambient temperature and humidity sensor to the
base, as shown in Figure 2-8.

Figure 2-8 Installing the ambient temperature and humidity sensor

 For details about how to install an ambient temperature and humidity sensor and connect its cables,
see shipped documents.
 Connect cables to an ambient temperature and humidity sensor before installation.

----End

2.4 Installing a WS332M-5 Ambient Temperature and


Humidity Sensor
Prerequisites
 The object to carry the ambient temperature and humidity sensor has been installed.
 An ambient temperature and humidity sensor and tools for installing it have been
prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Context
The electromagnet on the rear of the sensor can be attached to sheet metals, such as a control
skylight or a cabinet.

Procedure
Step 1 Attach the sensor to where it should be installed by the electromagnet on the rear shown in
Figure 2-9.

Figure 2-9 Electromagnet on the ambient temperature and humidity sensor

1. Electromagnet

Prior to installing the ambient temperature and humidity sensor, properly install related cables to avoid
removing it from time to time.

----End

2.5 Installing an Infrared Sensor


Prerequisites
 The object to carry the infrared sensor has been installed.
 An infrared sensor and tools for installing it have been prepared.

Context
 This topic describes how to install an infrared sensor on the skylight ceiling. For
installing the sensor on different objects, perform the same steps.
 The screws used for mounting the infrared sensor are available in the fitting bag of its
carrier. For example, if the infrared sensor is to be mounted on the control skylight,
obtain the screws from the fitting bag of the control skylight.

Procedure
Step 1 Secure the infrared sensor base to the control skylight by using M3x10 bolts, as shown in
Figure 2-10.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Figure 2-10 Installing an infrared sensor base

Step 2 Align the mounting holes on the infrared sensor with the mounting holes on the infrared
sensor base, and then rotate the infrared sensor until it is secured, as shown in Figure 2-11.

Figure 2-11 Installing an infrared sensor

 For details about how to install an infrared sensor and connect cables to it, refer to your delivered
documents.
 Prior to installing the sensor, properly install related cables to avoid removing it from time to time.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

2.6 Installing a WLDS900 Water Sensor


Prerequisites
 If air is supplied from under the floor, a cofferdam has been installed around the smart
cooling products.
 If air is supplied horizontally, the modular data center has been completely installed.

Context
 A water sensor consists of a water detection cable, water detector, and conversion cable.
The water detection cable is laid out on the floor, connecting to the water detector placed
near the collector by the conversion cable. Figure 2-12 shows the above components.

Figure 2-12 Water sensor components

1. Water detector 2. Conversion cable end A, 3. Conversion


connecting to the water detector cable
4. Conversion cable end B, 5. Water detection cable end A, 6. Water
connecting to the water detection connecting to the conversion cable detection cable
cable

 Lay out the water detection cable as follows.


− For air supplied from under the floor: Lay out the cable around the smart cooling
product cofferdam.
− For air supplied horizontally: Lay out the cable on the floor around the modular
data center.
Choose a proper installation place for the water detection cable based on site
requirements.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Figure 2-13 shows how to connect the water detection cable to the conversion cable.

Figure 2-13 Connecting water detection cable to the conversion cable

1. Conversion cable end B, connecting to 2. Water detection cable end A, connecting


the water detection cable to the conversion cable

The water detection cable and conversion cable are interconnected through the male and female
connectors.

Step 2 Connect the other end of the conversion cable to the water detector, as shown in Figure 2-14.

Figure 2-14 Water detector

Step 3 Plan the installation position for the fastener of the water detection cable. Ensure that the
water detection cable placed on the fastener is in good contact with the floor.
Step 4 Tear off the protection paper on the rear of the fastener, then securely attach the fastener to
the floor.
 If the fastener fails to be securely attached to the floor, perform Step 5.
 If the fastener can be securely attached to the floor, perform Step 6.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Step 5 Drill holes on the floor with the same dimensions as the expansion bolts for the fastener. Use
the expansion bolts and screws to secure the fastener to the floor, as shown in Figure 2-15.

Figure 2-15 Installing a fastener

When laying out the water detection cable, ensure that the water detector is close to the
integrated cabling cabinet as to facilitate further cable connections.

Step 6 Place the water detection cable to the fastener, secure the fastener, and force the water
detection cable to close to the floor, as shown in Figure 2-16.

Figure 2-16 Securing a water detection cable

If several water detection cables are connected in series, connect the male connector of one cable to the
female connector of another cable.

Step 7 For air supplied from under the floor: Stand the water detector out of the raised floor or base
to facilitate further cable connections.
Step 8 For air supplied horizontally: Place the water detector on the floor to facilitate further cable
connections.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

2.7 Installing the WCON-22Z Skylight Ceiling Controller


Prerequisites
The skylight ceiling controller and installation tools are prepared.

Context
 The skylight ceiling controller should be installed on the out side of the controlled
skylight ceiling.
 Please take the screws in the attached bag of the controlled skylight ceiling.

Procedure
Step 1 Place a skylight ceiling controller in the appropriate position on the controlled skylight ceiling,
and secure it by using screws.

Figure 2-17 Installing the skylight ceiling controller

----End

2.8 Installing the WCON-14Z Skylight Ceiling Controller


Prerequisites
The skylight ceiling controller and installation tools are prepared.

Context
The skylight ceiling controller should be installed in the server cabinet.

Procedure
Step 1 Determine the skylight ceiling controller mounting holes in the server cabinet according to the
engineering drawing. Secure two floating nuts to each rack rail of the cabinet by using a
floating nut mounting bar, as shown in Figure 2-18. Ensure that the floating nuts are at the
same level.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 2 Installing Devices

Figure 2-18 Installing a floating nut

Step 2 Place a skylight ceiling controller in front of the server cabinet.


Step 3 Remove the ground nuts from the side of the skylight ceiling controller. Please roate the
mounting ear of the skylight ceiling controller 180 degrees before place the skylight ceiling
controller into the server cabinet, as shown in Figure 2-19.
Step 4 Place the skylight ceiling controller into the server cabinet. Tighten the M6 screws on the left
and right mounting ears clockwise and fix the skylight ceiling controller in the server cabinet,
as shown in step 3 of Figure 2-19.

Figure 2-19 Installing a skylight ceiling controller

----End

2.9 Installing the Lighting Control Box


The lighting control box is installed in the server cabinet by using mounting ears and screws.
Perform the same steps to install the lighting control box as installing the skylight ceiling
controller. For details, see 2.8 Installing the WCON-14Z Skylight Ceiling Controller.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Cable connections specified in this document are based on the cable connection sequences
specified in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable. Connect cables in required sequences by
referring to 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable to prevent device connection failures.
Unless otherwise specified, all network cables in this document are crossover cables.

3.1 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC500 Collector and


LAN Switch
3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable
Prerequisites
 A twisted pair, cord end terminal, and RJ45 connector are prepared.
 The following tools are prepared:
− Wire stripper
− Crimping tool
− RJ11 crimping tool
− Electrician's knife
− Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulation tape

Preparing a Cord End Terminal


Figure 3-1 shows how to prepare a cord end terminal.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-1 Preparing a cord end terminal

Preparing the RS485 Monitoring Cable


Figure 3-2 and Figure 3-3 shows how to prepare a cord end terminal.

Figure 3-2 Preparing the RS485 monitoring cable for CCU collector

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-3 Preparing the RS485 monitoring cable for ECC collector

Preparing a Dry Contact Monitoring Cable


The method of preparing a dry contact monitoring cable is similar to the method of preparing
the RS485 monitoring cable. Prepare cord end terminals on both ends of each required core
wire based on the number of dry contacts.

3.1.2 Port Description for CCU Collector


The following tables describe the ports on the CCU collector.
A CCU collector provides slots for one main control card and two expansion cards. The CCU
collector used in NetEco V600R007C60 is configured with an environment monitor expand
unit (EEU), Uart expand unit (UEU), and temperature control unit (TCU).

Table 3-1 Description of ports on the main control card

Port Description

FE[0:1] Two standard 10/100M fast Ethernet (FE) ports that are used to
communicate with Huawei communications equipment and the NetEco.

FE2 One standard 10/100M FE port that is used to communicate with


Huawei communications equipment and the NetEco. Priority to select
this port while connect collector and switch.

ELU The port connects to an electronic label.


UP_COM[0:1] Two uplink RS485 ports support communication with Huawei
communications equipment inside the cabinet.

D_COM[0:3] Four downlink RS485 ports manage electromechanical components


inside the cabinet. Each port manages eight components, such as the
ambient temperature and humidity sensor, alternating current (AC)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Port Description
transfer switch (ATS), and uninterruptible power supply (UPS).
NOTE
The ambient temperature and humidity sensor connects only to COM3 port.

TEM_HUM The port monitors the ambient temperature and humidity.

TEM One port dedicated to the temperature sensor (DS1820) monitors


ambient temperatures.

WATER The port connects to a water sensor.

SMOKE The port connects to a smoke sensor.


GATE The port connects to a door status sensor.
IN[0:4] Five ports detect Boolean values.

Power port The port supports standard quick-connect terminals and receives -48 V
power supply.

Table 3-2 Description of FE[0:1] port pins

No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white TX+ Transmit end


2 Orange TX-

3 Green and white RX+ Positive receive end

4 Blue GND Ground end


5 Blue and white GND

6 Green RX- Negative receive end

7 Brown and white GND

8 Brown GND Ground end

Table 3-3 Description of FE2 port pins


No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white TX+ Transmit end

2 Orange TX-

3 Green and white RX+ Positive receive end

4 Blue GND Ground end


5 Blue and white GND

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

No. Pin Description

6 Green RX- Negative receive end

7 Brown and white RS232_RX Used as a general network


port
8 Brown RS232_TX Used as a general network
port

Table 3-4 Description of UP_COM[0:1] port pins

No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white TX+ RS485 transmit end

2 Orange TX-
3 Green and white ALM_ALL- Negative main alarm output

4 Blue RX+ RS485 receive end


5 Blue and white RX-

6 Green Ready input Address identification input

7 Brown and white ALM_ALL+ Positive main alarm output

8 Brown GND Ground end

Table 3-5 Description of D_COM[0:2] port pins

No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white RX+ RS485 receive end


2 Orange RX-

3 Green and white NC Floated

4 Blue TX+ RS485 transmit end

5 Blue and white TX-

6 Green GND Address identification


output, low level

7 Brown and white NC Floated

8 Brown GND Ground end

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Table 3-6 Description of D_COM3 port pins

No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white RX+ RS485 receive end

2 Orange RX-
3 Green and white 12V 12 V power output

4 Blue TX+ RS485 transmit end

5 Blue and white TX-

6 Green GND Address identification


output, low level
7 Brown and white NC Floated

8 Brown GND Ground end

Table 3-7 Description of ELU port pins

No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white 3V3 3.3 V power output

2 Orange NC Floated

3 Green and white GND Ground end

4 Blue SDA I2C communication port

5 Blue and white SCL


6 Green NC Floated

7 Brown and white NC


8 Brown NC

Table 3-8 Description of TEM_HUM port pins

No. Pin Description

Pin1 12V 12 V power output


Pin2 TEM_IN Temperature analog
parameter input
Pin3 12V 12 V power output
Pin4 HUM_IN Humidity analog parameter
input

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Table 3-9 Description of TEM port pins

No. Pin Description

Pin1 3V3 3.3 V power output

Pin2 TEM_IN Temperature detection


digital parameter input

Pin3 GND Ground end

Pin4 NC Floated

Table 3-10 Description of WATER port pins


No. Pin Description

Pin1 12V 12 V power output


Pin2 WATER_IN Water detection signal input

Pin3 GND Ground end


Pin4 NC Floated

Table 3-11 Description of SMOKE port pins

No. Pin Description

Pin1 12V 12 V power output


Pin2 SMOKE_IN Smoke detection signal
input

Table 3-12 Description of GATE and IN[0:4] port pins

Name Pin Description

GATE Pin+ Positive door status input


end
Pin- Negative door status input
end

IN0 Pin+ Positive dry contact 0 input


end

Pin- Negative dry contact 0 input


end

IN1 Pin+ Positive dry contact 1 input


end

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Name Pin Description

Pin- Negative dry contact 1 input


end

IN2 Pin+ Positive dry contact 2 input


end

Pin- Negative dry contact 2 input


end

IN3 Pin+ Positive dry contact 3 input


end

Pin- Negative dry contact 3 input


end
IN4 Pin+ Positive dry contact 4 input
end

Pin- Negative dry contact 4 input


end

Table 3-13 Description of ports on the EEU environment expansion card

Port Description

ALM_IN The port connects to an infrared sensor or a vibration sensor.

IN[0:4] The port detects Boolean values.

DO The port exports control values.

AD_IN[0:1] The port monitors the ambient temperature and humidity.

Table 3-14 Description of ALM_IN port pins

No. Pin Description

Pin1 12V 12 V power output

Pin2 GND GND

Pin3 + Positive sensor Boolean


value input end

Pin4 - Negative sensor Boolean


value input end

Table 3-15 Description of DI[0:4] port pins


Name Pin Description

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Name Pin Description

DI[0:4] + Positive Boolean value input


end

- Negative Boolean value


input end

Table 3-16 Description of DO port pins

Name Pin Description

DO N Central contact
O Normally open (NO) contact

Table 3-17 Description of AD_IN[0:1] port pins

Name Pin Description

AD_IN[0:1] 12V 12 V power output

GND GND

A0/A2 Temperature analog


parameter input

A1/A3 Humidity analog parameter


input

Table 3-18 Description of ports on the UEU serial port expansion card

Port Description

D_COM[0:3] Four downlink RS485 ports connect to components with RS485 ports.
RS232 One RS232 port connects to components with RS232 ports.

Table 3-19 Description of RS232 port pins


No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white NC Floated

2 Orange NC

3 Green and white TX RS485 transmit end


4 Blue GND Ground end

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

No. Pin Description

5 Blue and white GND

6 Green RX RS485 receive end


7 Brown and white NC Floated

8 Brown NC

Table 3-20 Description of D_COM3 port pins

No. Pin Description

1 Orange and white RX+ RS485 receive end

2 Orange RX-

3 Green and white 12V 12 V power output

4 Blue TX+ RS485 transmit end

5 Blue and white TX-

6 Green GND Address identification


output, low level

7 Brown and white NC Floated

8 Brown GND Ground end

Table 3-21 Description of ports on the TCU expansion card

Port Description

VALVE The port controls the valve.

TEM[0:4] Five ports connect to temperature sensors.


Power port The port receives 220 V AC power supply.

3.1.3 Port Description for ECC Collector


For details, see the ECC500 User Manual.

3.1.4 Switch Port


Figure 3-4 and Table 3-22 show the switch ports. The switch with eight ports is used as an
example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-4 Switch ports

Table 3-22 Switch port description

No. Description

1 Connects to the server, collector, camera,


and access controller.

2 Port for large workload (connecting to the


Internet)

3.1.5 Server Port Description


Ports on the RH2288 rear panel

Figure 3-5 Ports on the RH2288 rear panel

Table 3-23 RH2288 port description

No. Description

1 Gigabit Ethernet ports 3 and 4. Not used by the NetEco by default.

2 USB port

3 Gigabit Ethernet port 1. Connects to the switch and form a Bond


group with Gigabit Ethernet port 2 to provide external services.
After the server IP address is modified, the IP address is bound to
this port and Gigabit Ethernet port 2.
4 Gigabit Ethernet port 2. Connects to the switch and form a Bond
group with Gigabit Ethernet port 1 to provide external services.
After the server IP address is modified, the IP address is bound to
this port and Gigabit Ethernet port 1.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

No. Description

5 BMC management network port. Connects to the PC and manages


the RH2288 server. This port is protected by a security protection
mechanism.

6 Connects to the monitor.

7 Server serial port. Connects to the SMS modem.

Ports on the RH2288H rear panel

Figure 3-6 Ports on the RH2288H rear panel

Table 3-24 Logical interfaces provided by the RH2288H server

No. Description

1 VGA port. Connects to the monitor or KVM.

2 Server serial port. Connects to the SMS modem.

3,4 USB port.


5 BMC management network port. Connects to the PC and
manages the RH2288H server. This port is protected by a
security protection mechanism.
6 Gigabit Ethernet ports. Connects to the switch and form a Bond
group with Gigabit Ethernet ports to provide external services.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Ports on the RH5885 rear panel

Figure 3-7 Ports on the RH5885 rear panel

Table 3-25 RH5885 port description

No. Description

1 The port is used as the system serial port by default. The port is used
for debugging.

2 The port is connected to a terminal, such as a monitor or KVM.

3 The USB port is connected to a USB device or KVM.

4 BMC management network port. Connects to the PC and manages


the RH5885 server. This port is protected by a security protection
mechanism.
5 Gigabit Ethernet ports. Connects to the switch and form a Bond
group with Gigabit Ethernet ports to provide external services.

3.1.6 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the NetEco


Procedure
Step 1 Connect monitoring cables to the RH2288/RH2288H/RH5885 server, switch with eight ports,
and CCU collector. Figure 3-8, Figure 3-9, Figure 3-10 shows the wiring diagram.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-8 RH2288 server wiring diagram (CCU collector)

Figure 3-9 RH2288H server wiring diagram (CCU collector)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-10 RH5885 server wiring diagram (CCU collector)

Step 2 Connect monitoring cables to the RH2288/RH2288H/RH5885 server, switch with eight ports,
and ECC collector. Figure 3-11, Figure 3-12, Figure 3-13shows the wiring diagram.

Figure 3-11 RH2288 server wiring diagram (ECC collector)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-12 RH2288H server wiring diagram (ECC collector)

Figure 3-13 RH5885 server wiring diagram (ECC collector)

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.7 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Standalone Module


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC by referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the COM_IN port on the standalone module.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port with 12 V power supply on the
collector.
Step 3 (Optional) If multiple standalone modules need to be cascaded, connect the COM_IN port on
one standalone module to the COM_OUT port on another standalone module.
----End

3.1.8 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Camera


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 A vacant network port supporting the POE function is available on the switch.
 The camera has the POE function.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the monitoring port on the camera to any network port on the switch by using the
network cable. The switch is powered by using the power over Ethernet (PoE) technology.

Device cables not mentioned in the document do not need to be connected onsite and should
be insulated only.

----End

3.1.9 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Door Status Sensor


Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Context
When connecting the door status sensor to an ECC collector, you need to perform the
following steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the door status sensor, connect two cables, as shown in Figure 3-14.

Figure 3-14 Connecting a monitoring cable to a door status sensor

Step 2 If connected to a CCU collector, the two monitoring cables should connect to the GATA port
or one of the IN0 to IN4 ports.
Step 3 If connected to an ECC collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following to the
instruction in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.
2. Connect the green core wire 6 and the brown-white core wire 7 to the cables routed out
from the door status sensor.
3. Connect one end of the RJ45 network cable to the AI/DI port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.10 Connecting a Monitoring Cable for the SD-09A-HWA


Current-Type Smoke Sensor
Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before connecting an SD-09A-HWA current type smoke sensor and the ECC collector, you
need to perform the following steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.

Procedure
Step 1 If connected to a CCU collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Install the converter delivered with the smoke sensor on the smoke sensor.
2. Connect the cord end terminal on one end of the monitoring cable to the converter on the
smoke sensor.
3. Connect the cord end terminal on the other end of the monitoring cable to the dry contact
wiring terminal on the CCU collector.
Step 2 If connected to an ECC collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following to the
instruction in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.
2. Short-circuit core wires 1, 5, and 8 on the other end of the network cable.
3. Use core wires 3 and 6 of the cable as two cord end terminals.
4. Install the converter delivered with the smoke sensor on the smoke sensor.
5. Connect the two cord end terminals to the converter on the smoke sensor, regardless of
polarities.
6. Connect one end of the RJ45 network cable to the AI/DI port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.11 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the SDLH-94R Dry


Contact-Type Smoke Sensor
Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
When connecting the SDLH-94R dry contact type smoke sensor and the ECC collector, you
need to perform the following steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 If connected to an ECC collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following to the
instruction in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.
2. Short-circuit core wires 1 and 8 on the other end of the network cable.
3. Connect the core wires of the network cable to the cables for the smoke sensor, based on
the mappings in Table 3-26.

Table 3-26 Connecting cables to the smoke sensor

Core Wires of the Network Cable Cables for the Smoke Sensor

Core wire 1 (orange-white), core wire 8 GND (black)


(brown)

Core wire 3 (green-white) +12 V (red)


Core wire 6 (green) Normally closed end (yellow)

Core wire 7 (brown-white) Common end (green)


None (reserved, cable connection not Normally opened end (blue)
required, only insulation required)

4. Connect one end of the RJ45 network cable to the AI/DI port on the ECC collector.
Step 2 If connected to a skylight ceiling controller, the monitoring cable should be connected by
following the instructions in the following steps.
1. Connect the cables for the smoke sensor to the port of the skylight ceiling controller,
based on the mappings in Table 3-27.

Table 3-27 Cable Terminal of the Skylight Ceiling Controller


Cables for the Smoke Sensor Cable Terminal of the skylight ceiling
controller

GND (black) G-
+12 V (red) 12V+

Normally opened end (blue) NO


Common end (green) C

Normally closed end (yellow) None (reserved, cable connection not


required, only insulation required)

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.12 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WS302M2A-5 Ambient


Temperature and Humidity Sensor
Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Remove the rear cover from the sensor to expose the interior panel.
Step 2 Connect the cord end terminal on the monitoring cable to the ambient temperature and
humidity sensor based on Table 3-28.

Table 3-28 Mapping between the ports on the ambient temperature and humidity sensor and the
colors of core wires in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Port on the Ambient Color of Core Wire in the
Connected Temperature and Cord End Terminal
Humidity Sensor

CCU collector + Third core (green and white)

A First core (orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

B Second core (orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

- Eighth core (brown)

ECC collector + Third core (green and white)

A First core (orange and


white)

B Second core (orange)


- Eighth core (brown)

Connecting the monitoring cable to the ambient temperature and humidity sensor before installing it
helps reduce the times of removing and reinstalling the sensor.

Step 3 (Optional) If many humidity and temperature sensors are used and you need to connect
multiple humidity and temperature sensors to a same collector port, perform the following
operations to connect them in series.
1. Connect the ports of two humidity and temperature sensors. Table 3-29 describes the
connection method.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Table 3-29 Connecting humidity and temperature sensors in series

Port on the Ambient Temperature and Connect to Humidity and Temperature


Humidity Sensor 1 Sensor 2 Port

+ +
A A

B B

- -

Step 4 After installing the ambient temperature and humidity sensor, connect the RJ45 connector of
the monitoring cable to the RS485 port on CCU collector or ECC collector that supplies 12 V
power in the RS485 port.
 If connected to a CCU collector, the network cable connects port D_COM3 or ports
D_COM0 to D_COM3 of the UEU serial port expansion card on the CCU collector.
 If connected to an ECC collector, the network cable connects the COM4/12V or
COM5/12V port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.13 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WS332M-5 Ambient


Temperature and Humidity Sensor
Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 V600R001User Manual.

Context
For installing the sensor on different objects, perform the cables as follows.
 If the ambient temperature and humidity sensor is installed on the control skylight:
Route the network cable through the hole on the rear panel and then the hole on the
control skylight, along the control skylight edge and cable trough.
 If the ambient temperature and humidity sensor is installed on the front cabinet door:
Prepare a crystal connector on site, strip the network cable by 50 to 60 mm, then connect
it through the network cable tie on the front cabinet door, as shown in Figure 3-15. Use
cable ties to connect the cable. The network cable is laid along the cabinet door, open
rack, and the cabinet cable manager, and routed out from the hole on the top of the
cabinet, then pulled up to the cable trough, as shown in Figure 3-15.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-15 Connecting cables to the ambient temperature and humidity sensor

A: connecting to the ambient B: connecting to the C: ambient temperature


temperature and humidity sensor ECC collector and humidity sensor

This topic describes how to install an ambient temperature and humidity sensor on the control
skylight.

Procedure
Step 1 Remove the rear cover from the sensor to expose the interior panel, as shown in Figure 3-16.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-16 Interior panel of the ambient temperature and humidity sensor

1. Network port (connecting 2. Network port (connecting to another ambient


to a collector) temperature and humidity sensor or being idle)
3. Rear cover 4. Interior panel
5. Cable hole

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 end of the network cable to the network port (ports 1 and 2 shown in Figure
3-16) on the ambient temperature and humidity.

The two network ports function the same. Connect to either of them and leave the other idle or for
connecting another ambient temperature and humidity sensor.
 If two ambient temperature and humidity sensors are installed, connect one collector for each sensor.
 If more than two ambient temperature and humidity sensors are installed, connect each two sensors
in series and then gather them to a collector.

Step 3 Route the network cable through the hole (port 5 shown in Figure 3-16) on the rear cover
middle and then the hole on the control skylight, then along the edge of the control skylight
and the cable trough.
Step 4 After installing the ambient temperature and humidity sensor, connect the RJ45 connector of
the monitoring cable to the RS485 port on CCU collector or ECC collector that supplies 12 V
power in the RS485 port.
 If connected to a CCU collector, the network cable connects port D_COM3 or ports
D_COM0 to D_COM3 of the UEU serial port expansion card on the CCU collector.
 If connected to an ECC collector, the network cable connects the COM4/12V or
COM5/12V port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.14 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an NTC Sensor


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC by referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the wiring port of the NTC sensor.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the AI/DI port of the standalone module.
----End

3.1.15 Connecting Cables to the WLDS900 Water Sensor


Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
When connecting the water sensor and the CCU collector, you need perform the following
steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.

Procedure
Step 1 If connected to a CCU collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following the instruction
in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable and connect the network cable to the Ethernet port
on the water detector.
2. Use core wires 3, 6, 7, and 8 on the other end of the network cable as cord end terminals
and connect them to the ALM_IN port on the CCU collector, as shown in Table 3-30.

Table 3-30 Connecting cables to the water sensor


ALM_IN port wiring terminal Cord end terminal

12 V Core wire 3 (green-white)


G Core wire 8 (brown)

+ Core wire 7 (brown-white)

- Core wire 6 (green)

Step 2 If connected to an ECC collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the water detector.
2. Connect one end of the network cable to the AI/DI port on the ECC collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.16 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WLDS600 Water


Sensor
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Install an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following the instructions in
3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.
Step 2 Connect wires 1, 2, 3, and 8 on the other end of the network cable to terminals RS-, RS+, DC,
and DC of the water sensor, respectively, as shown in Figure 3-17.

Figure 3-17 Connecting a cable to the water sensor

Step 3 Connect the RJ45 connector of the network cable to the RS485 port with 12 V power supply
on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.17 Connecting Cables to the SJ535A Water Sensor


Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
When connecting the water sensor and the CCU collector, you need perform the following
steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.

Procedure
Step 1 Remove the rear cover from the sensor to expose the interior panel, as shown in Figure 3-18.

Figure 3-18 Interior panel of the water sensor

1. Network port (connecting to a 2. Network port (connecting to a water detection


collector) cable)

Step 2 If connected to a CCU collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following the instruction
in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable and connect the network cable to the Network port
(port 1 shown in Figure 3-18) on the water sensor.
2. Use core wires 3, 6, 7, and 8 on the other end of the network cable as cord end terminals
and connect them to the ALM_IN port on the CCU collector, as shown in Table 3-31.

Table 3-31 Connecting cables to the water sensor

ALM_IN port wiring terminal Cord end terminal

12 V Core wire 3 (green-white)

G Core wire 8 (brown)


+ Core wire 7 (brown-white)
- Core wire 6 (green)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Step 3 If connected to an ECC collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Connect one end of the network cable to the Network port on the water sensor.
2. Connect one end of the network cable to the AI/DI port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.18 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Point Water Sensor


Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
When connecting the point water sensor and the CCU collector, you need perform the
following steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.
Figure 3-19 shows a point water sensor.

Figure 3-19 Point water sensor

Procedure
Step 1 If connected to a CCU collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following the instruction
in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable and connect the network cable to the Ethernet port
on the water detector.
2. Use core wires 3, 6, 7, and 8 on the other end of the network cable as cord end terminals
and connect them to the ALM_IN port on the CCU collector, as shown in Table 3-32.

Table 3-32 Connecting cables to the point water sensor


ALM_IN port wiring terminal Cord end terminal

12 V Core wire 3 (green-white)

G Core wire 8 (brown)

+ Core wire 7 (brown-white)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

ALM_IN port wiring terminal Cord end terminal

- Core wire 6 (green)

Step 2 If connected to an ECC collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the point water sensor.
2. Connect one end of the network cable to the AI/DI port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.19 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Hydrogen Sensor


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
 If the hydrogen sensor is with an RJ45-type RS485 port, connect one end of a common
network cable to the hydrogen sensor RJ45-type RS485 port, with the other end to the
RS485 port on a CUU collector or ECC collector.
 If the hydrogen sensor is free from RJ45-type RS485 ports, perform the following
procedure.
a. Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on
the hydrogen sensor. Table 3-33 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals on
the RS485 card and the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-33 RS485 port on the hydrogen sensor

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector A First core (orange and


white), fourth core (blue)
B Second core (orange), fifth
core (blue and white)

ECC collector A First core (orange and


white)

B Second core (orange)

b. Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on
the CCU collector or ECC collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

----End

3.1.20 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Door Access Controller


in a Modular Data Center
Context
The access controller uses the 220 V power supply.

Device cables not mentioned in the document do not need to be connected onsite and should
be insulated only.

General Cable Connections to a Door Access System


When connecting the door access system, you need to connect a door access controller, a
switch, a door exit button, access card reader, electromagnetic double-swing door lock, and
emergency door release button (a break glass switch is configured optionally). Figure 3-20
shows the general cable connections to the door access system.

Figure 3-20 General cable connections to a door access system

1. Network port, 2. Connecting to the 3. Connecting to the electromagnetic


connecting a door exit button and double-swing door lock and the emergency
network cable to a access card reader door release button (a break glass switch is
switch configured optionally)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Connecting a Door Exit Button and an Access Card Reader


Figure 3-21 shows the cable connections to the door access controller, door exit button, and
access card reader.

Figure 3-21 Connecting a door exit button and an access card reader

Connecting an Electromagnetic Double-Swing Door Lock and an Emergency


Door Release Button (a Break Glass Switch is Configured Optionally)
Figure 3-22 shows the cable connections to the electromagnetic double-swing door lock and
an emergency door release button (a break glass switch is configured optionally).

The cable installation sequences shown in the following figure are for reference only. If any differences
exist between the wiring diagram and this figure, the wiring diagram prevails.

Figure 3-22 Connecting an electromagnetic double-swing door lock and an emergency door
release button (a break glass switch is configured optionally)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.21 Connecting a Monitoring Cable for the A8802RS or A8804


Access Controller
Prerequisites
An RJ45 connector has been installed on each end of a network cable as instructed by the
RS485 monitoring cable preparing method in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the access controller.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.22 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the NEWABEL


CHD200G Fingerprint Controller
Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the conversion cable delivered with the fingerprint controller to the port at
the rear of the fingerprint controller.
Step 2 Connect the brown and gray wires of the other end of the conversion cable to the
orange-and-white and orange wires of the network cable respectively, as described in Table
3-34.

Table 3-34 Connecting the conversion cable and network cable


Conversion Cable Wire of the Network Cable

Brown wire Orange-and-white wire

Gray wire Orange wire

Step 3 Prepare an RJ45 connector on one end of the network cable by following the instructions in
3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable and connect the network cable to an RS485 port without
12 V power supply in the ECC500.
Step 4 Connect the red, black, green, and white wires of the other end of the cable to the CH1 ports
on the Tycosun access controller, as described in Table 3-35.

Table 3-35 Connecting the conversion cable and access controller

Conversion Cable CH1 Port on the Access Controller

Red wire R-12V

Black wire R-GND


Green wire R-D0

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Conversion Cable CH1 Port on the Access Controller

White wire R-D1

----End

3.1.23 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the MS899 Electronic


Door Lock
Prerequisites
 A network cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 If connected to a CCU collector, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Cut off the crystal connector on the monitoring cable for the electronic door lock.
Table 3-36 describes the core wires of the electronic door lock.

Table 3-36 Core wires of the electronic door lock

Color Function

Red Positive power terminal

Black Negative power terminal

Blue RS485+

Green RS485-

Cut off the crystal connector from as near the connector as possible.

2. Cut off one end of the network cable.


3. Connect the core wires of the electronic door lock to the network core wires by sequence
specified in Table 3-37.

Table 3-37 Matches by core wire colors


Electronic Door Lock Network cable

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Electronic Door Lock Network cable

Red Green and white

Black Brown
Blue Orange-white, and blue

Green Orange, and blue-white

4. Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the CCU collector.
Step 2 If connected to an ECC collector, connect the RJ45 connector of the electronic door lock
cable to the RS485 port on the ECC collector.
----End

3.1.24 Installing the SMS Modem


Prerequisites
An idle serial port is available on the server.
Figure 3-23 shows the ports on the SMS modem.

Figure 3-23 Ports on the SMS modem

(1) Connecting to the SIM card (2) Connecting to the antenna


(3) Connecting to the power cable (4) Serial port

Procedure
Step 1 Insert a SIM card into the SMS modem.
Use a tool such as the small screwdriver to press the yellow key. Put the SIM card on the
ejected tray, and insert the tray into the SMS modem.
Step 2 Connect the antenna to the antenna connector.
Step 3 Connect the serial port cable.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

One end of the cable connects the SMS modem and the other end connects an idle serial port
on the server, serial port on the server see 3.1.5 Server Port Description.

For details, see the user manual delivered with the SMS modem.
Use the connector convertor delivered with the SMS modem if the connector of the serial cable does not
match the serial port on the server.

Step 4 Connect the power cable.


Use the power adapter with the SMS modem.
 Connect one end of the power adapter to the SMS modem, for details, see the
specifications delivered with the SMS modem.
 Connect the other end of the power adapter to the 220V power.
After the power cable is connected, switch on the power. Normally, the indicator of the SMS
modem blinks regularly. Table 3-38 shows how the indicator indicates the work status of the
SMS modem.

Table 3-38 Relations between the status of the indicator and the SMS modem

Indicator Modem

The SMS modem is activated and is not registered with


On
the network.

The SMS modem is connected to the network and is in


Blinks slowly
idle mode.

Blinks quickly The SMS modem is in transmission mode.

Off The SMS modem is deactivated.

Step 5 Install the SMS modem driver.


To install the SMS modem driver, see the specifications delivered with the SMS modem.

You need to install the driver only when the installation of the driver is required in the specifications
delivered with the SMS modem.

----End

3.1.25 Connecting Monitoring Cables to a WCON-22Z Skylight


Ceiling Controller
Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the collector by referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the NO port of the ALM port on the skylight ceiling controller to Pin+ in the dry
contact of the main control card in the collector, and connect port C to Pin- in the dry contact
of the main control card.
Step 2 Connect the MOTE OPEN port on the skylight ceiling controller to the DO port on the EEU
environment expansion card in the collector. Figure 3-24 shows the cable connections to the
skylight ceiling controller.

Figure 3-24 Cable connections to the skylight ceiling controller

----End

3.1.26 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a WCON-14Z Skylight


Controller
Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Table 3-39 lists ports on the skylight controller.

Table 3-39 Ports on the skylight controller


Port Function Remarks

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Port Function Remarks

12 V+ Connects to a smoke sensor. Configuration on the


NetEco is not required.

G- Connects to a smoke sensor. Configuration on the


NetEco is not required.

C Connects to a smoke sensor. Configuration on the


NetEco is not required.

NO Connects to a smoke sensor. Configuration on the


NetEco is not required.

REMOTE Connects to the CCU or If the REMOTE port is


ECC, controlling the connected to DO port of
opening of the skylight. ECC, you should specify the
DO Settings as Manual in
the ECC web page.
SOUND (12 V+ G-) Connects to an audible and The audible and visual
visual alarm. alarm generates an alarm
when the system is faulty.
Configuration on the
NetEco is not required.

1 (+ -) to 14 (+ -) Connects to a skylight The electromagnet is


electromagnetic lock. powered on and the skylight
is opened when 12 V power
is normally supplied.
Configuration on the
NetEco is not required.

POWER ALM Connects to a CCU or an Available when closed. Set


ECC, the power alarm is the port on the CCU or ECC
reported over dry contacts. to report low level alarms
over a dry contact.
SMG ALM Connects to a CCU or an Available when closed. Set
ECC, smoke sensor alarm is the port on the CCU or ECC
reported over dry contacts. to report low level alarms
over a dry contact.

LINK IN Connects to other associated Cascading port. This port


skylight controllers, connects to no cable by
controlling the opening of default. To connect multiple
the skylight. skylight controllers to the
fire extinguishing system in
cascading mode, connect the
LINK IN port to the LINK
OUT port of next skylight
controller. Configuration on
the NetEco is not required.

LINK OUT Connects to other associated Cascading port. This port


skylight controllers, connects to no cable by
controlling the opening of default. To connect multiple
skylight controllers to the

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Port Function Remarks


the skylight. fire extinguishing system in
cascading mode, connect the
LINK OUT port to the
LINK IN port of next
skylight controller.
Configuration on the
NetEco is not required.

Table 3-40 describes the DIP switch on the skylight controller. Ensure that the two toggle
switches are both NO or NC.

Table 3-40 Skylight controller DIP switch

Position Function Scenario Example

NO The toggle switches are both For a skylight lock with a


NO by default. Set both bolt, the 1 (+ –) to 14 (+ –)
toggle switches to NO if you ports of the skylight
need to open the skylight controller do not supply
after the skylight lock is power to the bolt under
energized. normal conditions. After
you press the skylight open
button or start remote open,
the 1 (+ –) to 14 (+ –) ports
supply power to the bolt.
Then the bolt draws in and
the skylight opens.

NC Set both toggle switches to For a skylight


NC if you need to open the electromagnetic lock, the 1
skylight after the skylight (+ –) to 14 (+ –) ports of the
lock is de-energized. skylight controller supply
power to the bolt under
normal conditions. After
you press the skylight open
button or start remote open,
the 1 (+ –) to 14 (+ –) ports
do not supply power to the
electromagnetic lock. Then
the magnetic force of the
electromagnetic lock
disappears and the skylight
opens.

The red switch button in the skylight controller fittings is a spare part. It connects to no cable by default.
To open the window remotely (tailored scenario), connect the button to the MANUAL port of the
skylight controller.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect cables to the ports on the skylight controller, as shown in Figure 3-25.

Figure 3-25 Cable connections for the skylight controller

Table 3-41 shows how to connecting cables.

Table 3-41 Cable connections to the ports of the skylight controller

Port Connection Method

12 V+ Connects to the positive pole (red) of the


smoke sensor power source.

G- Connects to the smoke sensor GND (black).

C Connects to the common end (green) of the


smoke sensor.

NO Connects to the smoke sensor NO (blue).

REMOTE Port REMOTE connects to the DO port on


the CCU or the ECC.

SOUND (12 V+ G-) The 12 V+ port and G- port respectively


connect to the positive and negative poles of
the audible and visual alarm.
1 (+ -) to 14 (+ -) Ports + and - respectively connect to the
positive and negative poles of the skylight
electromagnetic lock.
POWER ALM Connects to ports DI0 to DI4 on the CCU
collector or AI/DI port on the ECC
collector.

SMG ALM Connects to ports DI0 to DI4 on the CCU


collector or AI/DI port on the ECC
collector.

LINK IN Reserved port. It connects to no cable by


default. To connect multiple skylight
controllers to the fire extinguishing system
in cascading mode (tailored scenario),
connect the port to the LINK OUT port of
next skylight controller.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Port Connection Method

LINK OUT Reserved port. It connects to no cable by


default. To connect multiple skylight
controllers to the fire extinguishing system
in cascading mode (tailored scenario),
connect the port to the LINK IN port of next
skylight controller.

----End

3.1.27 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Lighting Control Box


Prerequisites
 A monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect cables to the ports on the lighting control box, as described in Table 3-42.

Table 3-42 Cable connections for the lighting control box

Port Function

24 V DC OUTPUT Connects to lamps in cabinets

C SW1, C SW2 Connects to lamp switches in corridors

C INFRA1~C INFRA4 Connects to the signal cable of the infrared


sensor switch.

INFRA POWER Connects to the power cable of the infrared


sensor switch, with the distinction of L
polarity and N polarity. The brown cable for
the infrared sensor switch connects to L
polarity and the blue one to N polarity.
LAMP OUTPUT Connects to lights in corridors. The red
cable for the lights in corridors connects to
L polarity and the black one to N polarity.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.28 (Optional) Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an


NVR6128G2
Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the NVR6128G2. Figure 3-26
shows the ports on the NVR6128G2.

Figure 3-26 Ports on the NVR6128G2

1. Gigabit Ethernet port 1 (namely eth 0) 2. Gigabit Ethernet port 2 (namely eth 1) (with a
(without an initial IP address before default IP address 192.168.1.100 before factory
factory delivery) delivery)

When connecting network cables from the switch to the NVR6128G2 for the first time,
connect the network cable to Gigabit Ethernet port 2. After an IP address is assigned to the
network interface card (NIC) and the Bound network adapter function is used, the network
cable can be connected from the switch to Gigabit Ethernet port 1 or 2. For details about how
to assign an IP address to the NIC and to use the Bound network adapter function, see
5.1.27.1.2 Configuring IP Addresses of Management Servers.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.29 (Optional) Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a VCN500


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Context
The VCN500 has two types of power modules. This section describes the VCN500 ports
using one type of the power module as an example. If the other type of power module is used
onsite, the actual scenario prevails.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the GE1 port on the VCN500. Figure 3-27 shows
ports on the VCN500.

Figure 3-27 VCN500 ports

(1) Ground point (2) GE2 port (3) Power switch


(4) Power input port (5) GE1 port

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the LAN switch.
----End

3.1.30 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an ACRD502 Smart


Cooling Product
Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the network port on the ACRD502 smart cooling
product. Figure 3-28 shows the ports on the ACRD502 smart cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-28 Ports on the ACRD502 smart cooling product

1. Network port used for connecting to a switch

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.31 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PEX Smart Cooling


Product
Prerequisites
 A network cable is prepared for monitoring over the Simple Network Management
Protocol (SNMP).
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared for monitoring over Modbus.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
The NetEco can communicate with a PEX smart cooling product over SNMP or Modbus. The
two communication modes require different cable connections.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 If they communicate over SNMP, connect the TCP/IP card in the PEX smart cooling
product to the switch.
 If they communicate over Modbus, connect the RS485 card in the PEX smart cooling
product to the collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Determine the protocol type.
 If they communicate over SNMP, see Step 2.
 If they communicate over Modbus, see Step 4.
Step 2 In SNMP communication mode, connect one end of the network cable to the network port on
the TCP/IP card, as shown in Figure 3-29.

Figure 3-29 TCP/IP card in the PEX smart cooling product

1. Network port

Step 3 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
Step 4 In Modbus communication mode, connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring
cable to the RS485 card in the PEX smart cooling product, as shown in Figure 3-30. Table
3-43 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals on the RS485 card and the colors of core
wires in the cord end terminal.

Figure 3-30 RS485 card in the PEX smart cooling product

1. RS485 port

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Table 3-43 Mapping between the wiring terminals on the RS485 card and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal on the Cord End Terminal


Connected RS485 Card

CCU collector + First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector + First core (Orange and


white)

- Second core (Orange)

Step 5 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.32 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a CRV Smart Cooling


Product
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 card in the CRV
smart cooling product, as shown in Figure 3-31. Table 3-44 lists the mapping between the
wiring terminals on the RS485 card and the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Figure 3-31 RS485 card in the CRV smart cooling product

1. RS485 port

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Table 3-44 Mapping between the wiring terminals on the RS485 card and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal on the Cord End Terminal


Connected RS485 Card

CCU collector + First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)
- Second core (Orange), fifth
core (blue and white)

ECC collector + First core (Orange and


white)

- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.33 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a DataMate3000 Smart


Cooling Product (Method One)
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable required is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU by referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC by referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Context
 This topic applies to the scenario in which the monitoring cable for the DataMate3000
connects to the top of it.
 When connecting the water DataMate3000 smart cooling product to a CCU or an ECC,
you need to perform the following steps to prepare a special monitoring cable.

Procedure
Step 1 If connected to a CCU, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the following
steps.
1. Take two network cables A and B without connectors and connect their core wires based
on the mappings described in Table 3-45.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Table 3-45 Connecting network cables

Network Cable A Network Cable B

Core wire 1 (orange-white), core wire 4 Core wire 7 (brown-white)


(blue)

Core wire 2 (orange), core wire 5 Core wire 8 (brown)


(blue-white)

2. Prepare RJ45 connectors on one end of network cables A and B by following to the
instruction in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.
3. Connect the RJ45 connector of network cable A to the RS485 port on the CCU.
4. Connect the RJ45 connector of network cable B to the port at the top of the
DataMate3000 smart cooling product shown in Figure 3-32.

Figure 3-32 RS485 port at the top of the DataMate3000 smart cooling product

1. RS485 port on the DataMate3000 smart cooling product

Step 2 If connected to an ECC, the monitoring cable should be connected by performing the
following steps.
1. Take two network cables A and B without connectors and connect their core wires based
on the mappings described in Table 3-46.

Table 3-46 Connecting network cables


Network Cable A Network Cable B

Core wire 1 (orange-white) Core wire 7 (brown-white)


Core wire 2 (orange) Core wire 8 (brown)

2. Prepare RJ45 connectors on one end of network cables A and B by following to the
instruction in 3.1.1 Preparing a Monitoring Cable.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3. Connect the RJ45 connector of network cable A to the RS485 port on the CCU.
4. Connect the RJ45 connector of network cable B to the port at the top of the
DataMate3000 smart cooling product shown in Figure 3-32.
----End

3.1.34 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a DataMate3000 Smart


Cooling Product (Method Two)
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
This topic applies to the scenario in which the monitoring cable for the DataMate3000
connects to its RS485 port.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
DataMate3000 smart cooling product, as shown in Figure 3-33. Table 3-47 lists the mapping
between the wiring terminals on the RS485 card and the colors of core wires in the cord end
terminal.

Figure 3-33 RS485 port on the DataMate3000 smart cooling product

1.RS485+ 2.RS485-

Table 3-47 Mapping between the wiring terminals on the RS485 card and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Cord End Terminal


Connected RS485 Port

CCU collector + First core (Orange and

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Cord End Terminal


Connected RS485 Port
white), fourth core (blue)

- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector + First core (Orange and


white)

- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.35 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an AP0481H Smart


Cooling Product
Prerequisites
 An RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Context
Multiple AP0481H smart cooling products share one controller, and the smart cooling
products connect to collectors over port RS-485 on the controller.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the cover of the smart cooling product controller, and find out port RS-485 at the
bottom of the controller.
Step 2 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to port RS-485 on the smart
cooling product controller. Table 3-48 describes the cable connection.

Table 3-48 Smart cooling product cable connection

Collector Type Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the


RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU A Orange-white and blue

B Orange and blue-white


ECC A Orange-white

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Collector Type Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the


RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

B Orange

Step 3 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.36 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an XR066C Smart


Cooling Product
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC by referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to wiring terminal X1 in the
RS485 port in the XR066C. Table 3-49 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the
RS485 port and the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-49 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal X1 in Color of Core Wire in the


Connected the RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

ECC collector Terminal 1 (A) First core wire


(orange-white)
Terminal 2 (B) Second core wire (orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.37 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-C025


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 The wiring terminal on the NetCol5000-C025 for communicating with the NetEco is in
the electric control box in the lower part of the NetCol5000-C025. Before connecting
cables, take the electric control box out.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
NetCol5000-C025, as shown in Figure 3-34. Table 3-50 lists the mapping between the wiring
terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Figure 3-34 Wiring terminals of the NetCol5000-C025 communications cable

Table 3-50 Mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Cord End Terminal


Connected RS485 Port

CCU collector + First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector + First core (Orange and


white)
- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.38 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-C030


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
It applies to ACC V100R001C00 and ACC V100R002C00.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the J73 communications port on the side panel of the
NetCol5000-C030. Figure 3-35 shows the communications port.

Figure 3-35 NetCol5000-C030 communications port

1. J73 teamwork bus port and host monitoring port

Step 2 Open the electric control box of the NetCol5000-C030 and flip toggle switches 3 and 4 of DIP
switch S1 to ON. Figure 3-36 shows the DIP switch position.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-36 Main control board of the NetCol5000-C030

1. DIP switch S1 for the main control board

Step 3 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the CCU or ECC collector.
----End

3.1.39 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-A020


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the J73 communications port on the side panel of the
NetCol5000-A020. Figure 3-37 shows the communications port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-37 NetCol5000-A020 communications port

1. J73 teamwork bus port and host monitoring port

Step 2 Open the electric control box of the NetCol5000-A020 and flip toggle switches 3 and 4 of
DIP switch S1 to ON. Figure 3-38 shows the DIP switch position.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-38 Main control board of the NetCol5000-A020

1. DIP switch S1 for the main control board

Step 3 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the CCU or ECC collector.
----End

3.1.40 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol5000-A035


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
It applies to ACC V100R001C00 and ACC V100R002C00.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the COM port on the side panel of the
NetCol5000-A035. Figure 3-39 shows the COM port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-39 NetCol5000-A035 COM port

Step 2 Open the electric control box of the NetCol5000-A035 and flip toggle switches 3 and 4 of
DIP switch S1 to ON. Figure 3-40 shows the DIP switch position.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-40 Main control board of the NetCol5000-A035

1. DIP switch S1 for the main control board

Step 3 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the CCU or ECC collector.
----End

3.1.41 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A050


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to J73 communications port 1 or 2 on the
NetCol8000-A050 main control board, and flip toggle switches 3 and 4 of DIP switch S1 to
ON.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-41 Main control board of the NetCol8000-A050

1. J73 teamwork bus port and host monitoring 2. DIP switch S1 for the main control
port board

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the CCU or ECC collector.
----End

3.1.42 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A100


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-A100 is the same as NetCol8000-A050, for
details, see 3.1.41 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A050.
----End

3.1.43 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C070


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-C070 is the same as NetCol8000-A050, for
details, see 3.1.41 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A050.
----End

3.1.44 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C150


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-C150 is the same as NetCol8000-A050, for
details, see 3.1.41 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A050.
----End

3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of a core end terminal of an RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port of
the main control board for smart cooling product of the NetCol8000-A020U. The RS485 port
is the one marked with "SIP7_RS485_Socket" for smart cooling product, as shown in Figure
3-42. Table 3-51 describes the wiring.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-42 Wiring terminal of the NetCol8000-A020U

Table 3-51 Smart cooling product wiring of the NetCol8000-A020U


Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Cord End Terminal
Connected RS485 Port

CCU collector TX+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

TX- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector TX+ First core (Orange and


white)

TX- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.46 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A030U


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-A030U is the same as NetCol8000-A020U, for
details, see 3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

----End

3.1.47 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A040D


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-A040D is the same as NetCol8000-A020U, for
details, see 3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U.
----End

3.1.48 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A060D


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-A060D is the same as NetCol8000-A020U, for
details, see 3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U.
----End

3.1.49 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C030U


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-C030U is the same as NetCol8000-A020U, for
details, see 3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

----End

3.1.50 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-C150U


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connecting monitoring cable to NetCol8000-C150U is the same as NetCol8000-A020U, for
details, see 3.1.45 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a NetCol8000-A020U.
----End

3.1.51 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a HIPULSE-NXL UPS


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the COM1 or COM2 port on the HIPULSE-NXL
UPS, as shown in Figure 3-43.

Figure 3-43 Ports on the HIPULSE-NXL UPS

1. RUN indicator 2. COM1 port 3. COM2 port

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

----End

3.1.52 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a HIPULSE U UPS


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
There are three slots in the monitoring board of the HIPULSE U UPS to house a Modbus card:
Intellislot 1, Intellislot2, and Intellislot 3. You can insert a Modbus card into any of the three
slots.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the Modbus card.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the CCU collector or ECC
collector.
----End

3.1.53 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Galaxy7000 UPS


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the TCP/IP card in the
Galaxy7000 UPS.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.54 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Delta 120 kVA UPS


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the Modbus card in the Delta
120 kVA UPS. Table 3-52 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals on the Modbus
card and the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-52 Mapping between the wiring terminals on the Modbus card and the colors of core
wires in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal on the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected Modbus Card Cord End Terminal

CCU collector 1 First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

2 Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector 1 First core (Orange and


white)

2 Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the CCU
collector or ECC collector.
----End

3.1.55 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Riello UPS


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the TCP/IP card in the Riello
UPS.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.56 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS2000-G (over


SNMP)
Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the SNMP card in the
UPS2000-G, as shown in Figure 3-44.

Figure 3-44 UPS2000-G Ethernet port

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.57 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS2000-G (over


Modbus)
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the Modbus expansion card of the
UPS2000-G.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port of the CCU or ECC collector.
----End

3.1.58 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS5000-A


(30kVA-120kVA)
Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the network port on the UPS5000-A, Figure 3-45 and
Figure 3-46 shows the ports on the UPS5000-A.

Figure 3-45 UPS5000-A-30 kVA/40 kVA functional components and control signal ports

1. FE port

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-46 UPS5000-A-60 kVA/80 kVA/120 kVA functional components and control signal
ports

1. FE port

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.59 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS5000-E


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on monitor in the UPS5000-E.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.60 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an iUPS5000-E


Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC by referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the FE port on the iUPS5000-E monitoring module.
Figure 3-47 shows the FE port on the iUPS5000-E monitoring module.

Figure 3-47 FE port on the iUPS5000-E monitoring module

(1) FE port

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the LAN switch.
----End

3.1.61 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS5000-P


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the SNMP card in the
UPS5000-P.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.62 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a UPS8000-D


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the SNMP card in the
UPS8000-D.

Figure 3-48 SNMP card

1.SNMP card (optional) 2.SNMP card (optional)

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.63 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a YD2010 Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 V600R001C00 User Manual.

Context
This section uses the YD2010 coulometer as an example to illustrate how to connect a
monitoring cable. The cable connection method in this section applies to coulometers of the
following models:
 2X72X
 YD2010
 YD2202
 YD49HMI
 YD52HMI
 YDAPM-HM
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the YD2010 coulometer is
delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on the
rear of the YD2010 coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000 where the YD2010 coulometer is installed. Table 3-53 lists
the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires in
the cord end terminal.

Table 3-53 Mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Cord End Terminal


Connected RS485 Port

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)
RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth
core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.64 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD800 Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context

Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the PD800 coulometer is
delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on the
rear of the PD800 coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 During onsite operations, obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal
block from the conceptual diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.
This topic describes how to connect a monitoring cable to the PD800 coulometer in a 380 V
UPS output PDU8000.

Procedure
Step 1 View the PDU8000 conceptual diagram and find that the RS485+ port on the wiring terminal
block is numbered 7 and the RS485 port is numbered 8, as shown in Figure 3-49.
Step 2 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-54 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Figure 3-49 Wiring terminal on the PD800 coulometer

Table 3-54 Mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector 7 First core (orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

8 Second core (orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector 7 First core (orange and


white)

8 Second core (orange)

Step 3 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.65 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD510 Coulometer


Connecting monitoring cable to PD510 is the same as PD800, for details, see 3.1.64
Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD800 Coulometer.

3.1.66 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a DIRISA20 Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the DIRISA20 coulometer
is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on
the rear of the DIRISA20 coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the
wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-55 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-55 Mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (orange), fifth


core (blue and white)
ECC collector RS485+ First core (orange and
white)

RS485- Second core (orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.67 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PM 710 Coulometer


Prerequisites
 An RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
coulometer. Table 3-56 describes the cable connection.

Table 3-56 Coulometer cable connection

Collector Type Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the


RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU + Orange-white and blue

– Orange and blue-white

ECC + Orange-white

– Orange

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.68 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an ABB Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the ABB coulometer is
delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on the
rear of the ABB coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-57 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-57 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.69 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PZ80L-E4KC


Coulometer
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the PZ80L-E4KC
coulometer is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the
RS485 port on the rear of the PZ80L-E4KC coulometer. You only need to connect the
monitoring cable to the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-58 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-58 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.70 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a KeluMeter Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the KeluMeter coulometer
is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on
the rear of the KeluMeter coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the
wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-59 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-59 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.71 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PMAC625 and


PMAC720 Coulometer
Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the PMAC625 and
PMAC720 coulometer is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected
to the RS485 port on the rear of the PMAC625 and PMAC720 coulometer. You only need to
connect the monitoring cable to the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-60 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-60 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.72 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PD194Z Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the PD194Z coulometer is
delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on the
rear of the PD194Z coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-61 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-61 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.73 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a SepamT20 Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the SepamT20 coulometer
is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on
the rear of the SepamT20 coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the
wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-62 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-62 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.74 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the IG-NT Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the IG-NT coulometer is
delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on the
rear of the IG-NT coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-63 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-63 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.75 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PM5350 Coulometer


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the PM5350 coulometer is
delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the RS485 port on the
rear of the PM5350 coulometer. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to the wiring
terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:
 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the coulometer and the other end of the cable. The
port to which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-64 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-64 Mapping between the wiring terminals and the colors of core wires

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (Orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (Orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (Orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.76 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an ABB OTM ATS


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context

Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the ABB OTM AC transfer
switch (ATS) is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the
RS485 port on the rear of the ABB OTM ATS. You only need to connect the monitoring cable
to the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 During onsite operations, obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal
block from the conceptual diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the ATS and the other end of the cable. The port to
which the other end connects is the RS485 port.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-65 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Table 3-65 Mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector RS485+ First core (orange and


white), fourth core (blue)

RS485- Second core (orange), fifth


core (blue and white)

ECC collector RS485+ First core (orange and


white)

RS485- Second core (orange)

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.77 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a TU520A ATS


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Context
Before the power distribution cabinet (PDU8000) configured with the TU520A AC transfer
switch (ATS) is delivered, the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000 has connected to the
RS485 port on the rear of the TU520A ATS. You only need to connect the monitoring cable to
the wiring terminal block in the PDU8000.
Locate the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block by using either of the following methods:

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 Obtain the number of the RS485 port on the wiring terminal block from the conceptual
diagram.
 Locate the RS485 port on the rear of the ATS and the other end of the cable. The port to
which the other end connects is the RS485 port.
This topic describes how to connect a monitoring cable to the TU520A ATS in a 380 V UPS
output PDU8000.

Procedure
Step 1 View the PDU8000 conceptual diagram and find that port A for the ATS on the wiring
terminal block is numbered 16 and port B is numbered 17, as shown in Figure 3-50.
Step 2 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port in the
PDU8000. Table 3-66 lists the mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and
the colors of core wires in the cord end terminal.

Figure 3-50 Wiring terminal on the TU520A ATS

Table 3-66 Mapping between the wiring terminals in the RS485 port and the colors of core wires
in the cord end terminal

Type of the Collector Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
Connected RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU collector 16 First core (orange and


white), fourth core (blue)
17 Second core (orange), fifth
core (blue and white)
ECC collector 16 First core (orange and
white)

17 Second core (orange)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Step 3 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.78 Connecting the PDU8000 Monitoring Cable


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Perform the following steps to connect a PDU8000 to the NetEco using the Modbus protocol:
1. Connect one end of the network cable to the RS485 port in the display panel of
PDU8000, as shown in Figure 3-51.

Figure 3-51 Connecting the PDU8000 monitoring cable (RS485 port)

(1) RS485 port

2. Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port of the CCU or ECC
collector.
Step 2 Perform the following steps to connect a PDU8000 to the NetEco using the SNMP protocol:
1. Connect one end of the network cable to the FE port in the display panel of PDU8000, as
shown in Figure 3-52.

Figure 3-52 Connecting the PDU8000 monitoring cable (FE port)

(1) FE port

2. Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the LAN switch.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.79 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a


PDU2000-32-1PH-20/4-M2
Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the NET port on the PDU2000, Figure 3-53 shows
the ports on the PDU2000.

Figure 3-53 Ports on the PDU2000

Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.80 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an


HPXPDU2000-16-3PH-24-6-M1
Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC by referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the monitoring cable.
1. Connect one end of the network cable to port COM1 or COM2 on the PDU2000. Figure
3-54 shows the ports on the PDU2000.

Figure 3-54 PDU2000 ports

2. Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port of the CCU or ECC
collector.
Step 2 (Optional) Connect PDU2000 cascading cables. Use a common network cable to connect port
COM1 or COM2 on the PDU2000 to port COM1 or COM2 on another PDU2000.

If PDU2000s are cascaded, you need to connect only one PDU2000 to the collector.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.81 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to TP483000D


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the fast Ethernet (FE) port on TP483000D.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

3.1.82 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Battery Monitoring


Unit
Prerequisites
 An RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the battery
monitoring unit. Table 3-67 describes the cable connection.

Table 3-67 Cable connection for the battery monitoring unit

Collector Type Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the


RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU A Orange-white and blue


B Orange and blue-white
ECC A Orange-white

B Orange

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.83 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a PREAIR-HT-901


Dehumidifier
Prerequisites
 A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Context
A conversion adapter delivered with the dehumidifier is required for connecting the
dehumidifier to the collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the delivered conversion adapter to port DB9 on the rear of the dehumidifier.
Step 2 Connect one end of the network cable to the conversion adapter.
Step 3 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port on the collector.
----End

3.1.84 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the DG


Prerequisites
 An RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Context
The DG connects to the collector over the RS485 port on the DG controller. The RS485 port
on the DG controller includes ports 65 and 66.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the door of the DG controller.
Step 2 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the DG.
Table 3-68 describes the cable connection.

Table 3-68 DG cable connection


Collector Type Wiring Terminal of the Color of Core Wire in the
DG Controller Cord End Terminal

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

Collector Type Wiring Terminal of the Color of Core Wire in the


DG Controller Cord End Terminal

CCU 65 Orange-white and blue


66 Orange and blue-white

ECC 65 Orange-white

66 Orange

Step 3 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.85 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a Sepam Series 10 VCB


Prerequisites
 An RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the VCB.
Table 3-69 describes the cable connection.

Table 3-69 VCB cable connection

Collector Type Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the


RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU 3 Orange-white and blue


4 Orange and blue-white
ECC 3 Orange-white

4 Orange

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.86 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an AVR


Prerequisites
 An RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU after referring to 3.1.2 Port
Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC after referring to the ECC500
User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect the cord end terminal of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the AVR.
Table 3-70 describes the cable connection.

Table 3-70 AVR cable connection


Collector Type Wiring Terminal in the Color of Core Wire in the
RS485 Port Cord End Terminal

CCU A+ Orange-white and blue

B– Orange and blue-white

ECC A+ Orange-white

B– Orange

Step 2 Connect the RJ45 connector of the RS485 monitoring cable to the RS485 port on the
collector.
----End

3.1.87 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to an RH2288 IPMI


Prerequisites
A network cable used for monitoring is prepared.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the BMC management network port on the RH2288.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the Ethernet port on the switch.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 3 Connecting Monitoring Cables to Devices

3.1.88 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a CIM


Prerequisites
 The RS485 monitoring cable is prepared.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the CCU collector by referring to 3.1.2
Port Description for CCU Collector.
 You are familiar with the functions of all ports on the ECC collector by referring to the
ECC500 User Manual.

Procedure
Step 1 Connect one end of the network cable to the COM_IN port on the CIM module.
Step 2 Connect the other end of the network cable to the RS485 port with 12 V power supply on the
collector.
Step 3 (Optional) If multiple CIM modules need to be cascaded, connect the COM_IN port on one
CIM module to the COM_OUT port on another CIM module.
----End

3.2 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC800 Collector


3.2.1 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to the ECC800 Collector
Procedure
Step 1 For details about how to connect monitoring cables to the ECC800, see the Intelligent
Micro-Module Management System Wiring Diagram, which can be downloaded from the
following
address:http://support.huawei.com/carrier/docview!docview?nid=DOC1000187902&path=PB
I1-7921455/PBI1-7921550/PBI1-7921567/PBI1-7182708/PBI1-21491395/PBI1-21491711
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Installation

4 Checking the Installation

4.1 Checking the Installation of the Cabinet


SN Check Item

1 The cabinet is placed as designed.

2 The rack is secure and reliable and meets the anti-seismic requirements. The
horizontal and vertical differences do not exceed 3 mm. You can use a horizontal
ruler and a lead ruler to measure the differences.

3 If the cabinet is placed on an ESD floor, all the expansion bolts of the supports are
secure with the floor; the installation sequence of the insulation washers, flat
washers, spring washers, and nuts (bolts) are correct; the installation holes of the
supports are secure with the expansion bolts. The supports are insulated from the
floor and guide rails. The resistance of all the insulated points between the supports
and cabinets measured by the MΩ level of the multimeter is greater than 5 MΩ.

4 All the screws are secure; a flat washer and a spring washer are installed for each
screw; the washers are properly placed.

5 The cabinets are arranged in order. The cabinet queue at both sides of the passage
are straight, and the difference does not exceed 5 mm.

6 The connecting plates are installed properly when two cabinets are deployed on one
site.

7 The front, side, and rear doors of the cabinets are installed. The front and rear doors
can be opened and closed. The door locks function normally.

8 The exteriors and interiors of the cabinets (including the front door, rear door, and
sides of each cabinet) are clean. No dirt, damage, or fingerprint is allowed.
9 All the outlets or inlets of the cabinets are sealed. The gap around a cover plate
does not exceed the width of the cover plate. If a bag is used, the opening of the
bag is tied up. The sizes of the outlets that use plastics are appropriate. You can use
other appropriate, insulated, or flame-resistant materials to seal the outlets.
10 There are excessive hair bands, lines, and other wastes.

11 All the configured filler panels are installed.


12 The ESD wrist strap is inserted into the ESD installation hole.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Installation

SN Check Item

13 The cabinet labels are smooth and tidy.

4.2 Checking the Installation of Components in the


Cabinet
SN Check Item

1 The devices are installed in the correct positions as designed.


2 All the panel screws of the devices are installed and secure.

3 The panel and exterior of each device are not dirty, and the paint is not scraped off.
4 The labels (coating of the subrack, plate nameplate, transport label, and product
nameplate) of each device are not peeled off.

5 The bar code of each device is not peeled off.


6 The ejector lever of each board is placed in position.

7 The captive screws of each board are secure.


8 There is no vacant slot in the subrack, and filler panels are installed in vacant slots.

9 A protective cover is installed for the power module if the power module is
configured with a protective cover.

4.3 Checking the Installation of Power Cables and Ground


Cables
SN Check Item

1 All the power cables and ground cables are copper-core cables.

2 There are no solder joints or connectors in power cables and ground cables.
3 The extra length of power cables or ground cables is truncated and the cables are
not coiled.

4 There are no breaking equipment such as switches and fuses in the electrical
connection of the grounding system.
5 The ground bars and PGND bars are connected to one grounding conductor.

6 The OT terminals at both ends of the power cables or ground cables are crimped
securely.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Installation

SN Check Item

7 The bare wires and OT terminals at the wiring terminals are tightly wrapped up
with PVC insulation tapes or heat shrink tubing.

8 The power cables and ground cables connecting the PDB with each device, and the
ground cables connecting each device with the PGND busbar of the cabinet are all
correctly installed and have good contact.

9 The front and rear doors are connected to the ground bolts on the lower enclosure
of the cabinet using 6 mm2 greenish yellow cables. Two such cables are used for
each door.

10 The power cables and ground cables are bound separately from other cables.

11 Labels are attached at both ends of the power cables and ground cables.
12 The plastic cover plate on the top of wiring terminals of the PDB is properly
installed.

4.4 Checking the Connection of Signal Cables


SN Check Item

1 There are no solder joints or connectors in signal cables. The signal cables are not
scratched or broken.

2 The connectors of signal cables are tight and secure.

3 Proper length of the cable is reserved at the connectors.

4 Proper length is reserved for signal cables at turning points. The turning radius
meets the requirement.
5 The optical fibers must be sheathed using corrugated pipes at outsides of cabinets.
Both ends of the pipes must be fastened. The edges are smooth or be processed for
cutting prevention.

6 No other cables are laid on optical fibers.


7 The extra optical cables are coiled on the cable coiler at the rear of the cabinet.

8 The signal cables connected to the left part of the subrack are led out of the subrack
from the left. Similarly, the signal cables connected to the right part of the subrack
are led out of the subrack from the right.

9 The signal cables are bound separately from the power cables. The signal cables are
bound and arranged neatly and closely. The cable ties are spaced evenly. The tips
of the cable ties point to the same direction.
10 The extra length of the cable ties must be cut and the cut surface must be smooth.

11 The cables whose connectors are far away from the cable entrance are arranged at
the external side of the cable bundle, while those near the entrance are arranged at
the internal side of the cable bundle. The trunk cables are laid out smoothly without

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 4 Checking the Installation

SN Check Item
any tangling.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5 Adding Devices

This section describes how to add device information to the NetEco. For details on
performing commissioning on devices, see NetEco Device Commissioning Guide.The
corresponding software version is NetEco V600R007C60SPC540.

Context

Table 5-1 Encryption algorithms

Insecure Encryption Algorithm Secure Encryption Algorithm


 DES/3DES (excluding the scenario in  Symmetric encryption algorithm: AES (128
which K1≠K2≠K3 is used) bits or more)
 SKIPJACK  Asymmetrical encryption algorithm: RSA
 RC2 (2048 bits or more)
 Hash algorithm: SHA2 (256 bits or more)
 RSA (1024 bits or less)
 Hashed message authentication code
 MD2/MD4
(HMAC): HMAC-SHA2
 MD5 needs to be used in the
scenarios where digital signatures are
generated or passwords are encrypted
before saving.
 SHA1 needs to be used in the
scenario where digital signatures are
generated.

Table 5-2 Communications protocols

Insecure Communications Protocol Secure Communications Protocol

SNMP V1/V2 SNMP V3

IPMI 1.5 IPMI 2.0

SSL 2.0 and SSL 3.0 TLS 1.x

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Devices may have insecure algorithms and protocols. A risk may occur when you use these
algorithms and protocols. You are advised to replace these devices with those supporting
secure algorithms and protocols or upgrade these devices to a version supporting secure
algorithms and protocols.

5.1 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC500 Collector and


LAN Switch
5.1.1 Commissioning a CCU Collector
This topic describes how to commission a CCU collector. The NetEco monitors running status
of CCU collectors for each module through Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).
Before connecting a CCU collector to the element management system (EMS), locally
configure its IP address and subnet mask. Then, configure CCU collector information on the
Web platform to establish communication between the CCU collector and the NetEco.

Uniflair smart cooling products connect only to the Uart expand unit (UEU) sub control card.

5.1.1.1 Configuring CCU Collector Scenarios

Operation Scenario
A CCU collector is configured with the wireless scenario by default. You must set the CCU
collector scenario to the server scenario before connecting the CCU collector the EMS.

Prerequisites
 The hardware is installed.
 The IP address for the CCU collector is obtained (the default IP address for the CCU
collector is 192.168.1.100).
 A PC with an IP address which is in the same network segment with that of the CCU
collector connects to the CCU collector over a switch.
 You have obtained CfgTool.exe at http://support.huawei.com and decompressed it to the
PC.
You can navigate to Search for software in Software and use the package name as the
keyword to quickly locate a tool package.
 The default IP address for the CCU collector is 192.168.1.100. You can only configure
one CCU collector once time when there are more than one CCU collectors to be
configured. Connect one CCU collector to a PC over a switch in operation, configure one
CCU collector as following operations and devide into several times to complete the
configuration of all CCU collectors.

Operation Procedure
1. Enable the CCU configuration tool on the PC. The PC IP address must be in the same
network segment as the CCU collector IP address.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

2. Select the PC IP address from the Local IP drop-down list.


The start and end IP addresses are displayed. Figure 5-1 uses 192.168.1.45 as an
example.

Figure 5-1 Start and end IP addresses

3. Click Find.
The IP addresses of all CCU collectors that are in the same network segment with that of
the PC IP address are displayed under CCU, as shown in Figure 5-2.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-2 Querying CCU collector information

4. Click the IP address of the CCU collector to be configured and click Settings, as shown
in Figure 5-3.

Figure 5-3 Select a CCU collector

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5. Choose Comhub from the Scene drop down list.

Figure 5-4 Selecting the CCU collector scenario

6. Click Config next to Scene.


7. Are you sure to change ccu scene is displayed. Click Yes.
8. Set device [192.168.1.100] scene comhub success is displayed. Click OK.
9. Stop the CCU configuration tool.

5.1.1.2 Configuring a CCU Collector


This topic describes how to configure a CCU collector locally. Before connecting a CCU
collector to the NetEco, configure a subnet mask, a default gateway, and an IP address for the
connector.

Operation Scenario
Configure an IP address and a visiting route for a CCU collector on the web user interface
(WebUI) after the hardware is installed. To ensure the security of data transmission, the
transmits data after encrpting it over SSL.

Prerequisites
Prerequisites
 The hardware is installed.
 The CCU collector is connected to the PC on the CLI through a switch.
 You have obtained the planned IP address and subnet mask for the CCU collector.
 You have obtained CfgTool.exe at http://support.huawei.com and decompressed it to the
PC.
You can navigate to Search for software in Software and use the package name as the
keyword to quickly locate a tool package.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Operation Procedure
1. Access the Web UI of the CCU collector and configure the IP address for the CCU
collector based on the planned IP address subnet mask.
− Open the browser, enter http://192.168.1.100, and press Enter.
− Enter the user name, password, and verification code. Then, click Login. A login
page is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-5.

Figure 5-5 CCU collector login page

Please enter the preset user name admin and the corresponding preset password 123456 when login in
firstly. After the first login, you need to change the password to ensure access security. For details, see
6.8 How to Change the Preset Password for the CCU Collector.
− On the Configure tab page, click Network.
− Modify the IP address for the CCU collector in the IP Address text box, as shown
in Figure 5-6.

When modifying the IP address, do not use the 192.168.1/2/3/4/5.XXX network segment.
Otherwise, the CCU will fail to be connected.

Figure 5-6 Modifying the IP address for a CCU collector

− Click Apply.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

2. Configure the gateway for the CCU collector based on the planned gateway.
a. Enable the CCU configuration tool on the PC. The PC IP address must be in the
same network segment as the CCU collector IP address.
b. Select the PC IP address from the Local IP drop-down list.
The start and end IP addresses are displayed. Figure 5-7 uses 192.168.1.45 as an
example.

Figure 5-7 Start and end IP addresses

c. Click Find.
The IP addresses of all CCU collectors that are in the same network segment with
that of the PC IP address are displayed under CCU, as shown in Figure 5-8.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-8 Querying CCU collector information

d. Click the IP address of the CCU collector to be configured and click Settings, as
shown in Figure 5-9.

Figure 5-9 Select a CCU collector

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

e. Set Gateway based on the assigned parameters for the CCU collector, and click
Config next to Gateway.
Set ccu [X.X.X.X] gateway [X.X.X.X] success is displayed.

Figure 5-10 Setting CCU collector gateway

5.1.1.3 Checking CCU Collector Software Version


This topic describes how to check the software version of the CCU collector. By checking the
software version, you can determine whether the software version of the CCU collector is the
latest version, and determine whether the software need for upgrades.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the planned IP address, login user name and password for the CCU
collector.
 The CCU collector is connected to the PC on the CLI through a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 Access the Web UI of the CCU collector.

To ensure the security of data transmission, the transmits data after encrpting it over SSL.

Step 2 Select Monitor > Version.


The value of parameter PACKAGEV is the software version of the CCU collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-11 Viewing CCU collector Software Version

Step 3 Check the software version of CCU collector is the latest version.
 If yes, end the operation.
 If no, go to 6.9 How to Update the Software Version of CCU Collector, update the
software version.
----End

5.1.1.4 Configuring the Level Alarm Mode for the EEUA Daughter Control
Card of the CCU Collector
This topic describes how to configure the level alarm mode for the environment monitor
expand unit A (EEUA) daughter control card of the CCU collector. You need to configure the
level alarm mode when the high level and low level alarm modes of ports on the EEUA
daughter control card of the CCU collector differ from the alarm modes of devices connecting
to the ports.

Prerequisites
 The device is installed and connects to the CCU collector.
 You have obtained the level alarm mode of the device.
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the CCU
collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Access the web user interface (WebUI) of the CCU collector.

To ensure the security of data transmission, the transmits data after encrpting it over SSL.

Step 2 On the Monitor tab page, click SubCard.


Step 3 Click Config next to EEUA_3, as shown in Figure 5-12.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-12 Configuring the daughter control card of the CCU collector

Step 4 Set Alarm_Dir, as shown in Figure 5-13.

Table 5-3 Alarm_Dir description

Value Definition Description

0 Low level alarm If Alarm_Dir is set to 0, the


low level alarm mode is
enabled. When the device
reports the parameter 0, the
CCU collector reports the
parameter to the NetEco,
which then generates an
alarm. When the device
reports the parameter 1, no
alarm is generated.

1 High level alarm If Alarm_Dir is set to 0, the


high level alarm mode is
enabled. When the device
reports the parameter 0, the
CCU collector reports the
parameter to the NetEco,
which then generates an
alarm. When the device
reports the parameter 1, no
alarm is generated.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-13 Alarm_Dir setting

Step 5 Click Save.

When you need to save all configurations, click Save All.

----End

5.1.1.5 Configuring Dry Contact Alarm for Main Control Card of CCU
Collector
This topic describes how to configure dry contact alarm for main control card of CCU
collector.

Prerequisites
 The device is installed and connects to the CCU collector.
 You have obtained the planned IP address, login user name and password for the CCU
collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Access the Web UI of the CCU collector.

To ensure the security of data transmission, the transmits data after encrpting it over SSL.

Step 2 Click Configure, and click Device.


Step 3 Click Config next toCCU, as shown in Figure 5-14.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-14 CCU collector main control card setting

Step 4 Select Alarm-Enable value of main control card from drop-down list, and Y is enable the
port, N is disable the port. As shown in Figure 5-15.

The port "io_0 "~" io_4" on Figure 5-15 respectively corresponding CCU collector main card " DI0 "~"
DI4 " port, if dry contact devices will connect to these ports in the operation, all of these ports need to
enable.

Figure 5-15 Dry contact of main control card setting

Step 5 Setting the Dir value from drop-down list, and the meaning of the parameters as shown in
Table 5-4.

Table 5-4 Alarm_Dir description

Value Definition Description

0 Low level alarm If Alarm_Dir is set to 0, the


low level alarm mode is
enabled. When the device
reports the parameter 0, the
CCU collector reports the
parameter to the NetEco,

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Value Definition Description


which then generates an
alarm. When the device
reports the parameter 1, no
alarm is generated.

1 High level alarm If Alarm_Dir is set to 0, the


high level alarm mode is
enabled. When the device
reports the parameter 0, the
CCU collector reports the
parameter to the NetEco,
which then generates an
alarm. When the device
reports the parameter 1, no
alarm is generated.

Step 6 Click Apply to save single setting information.


----End

5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port Number


Table 5-5 and Table 5-6 lists the mappings between CCU collector ports and port numbers.

Table 5-5 Mapping between CCU main control card ports and port numbers

Port Port Number

D_COM0 3200

D_COM1 3201

D_COM2 3202

D_COM3 3203

Table 5-6 Mapping between the first UEUA extended card ports and port numbers

Port Port Number

D_COM0 3212
D_COM1 3213

D_COM2 3214
D_COM3 3215

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.1.7 Creating a CCU Collector on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Collector.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-16 shows these parameters, using the Collector_HUAWEI_CCU_SNMP as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-16 Configuration parameters of CCU collector

Table 5-7 SNMP V1/V2 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV1 or SNMPV2 in Figure
5-16.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.

Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).

Read Community Write down the read community of the device. (Set to public by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Write Community Write down the write community of the device. (Set to public by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-8 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution
Parent Management domain of the device.
Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Med Node NodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.
Electricity Info
Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.
The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).
Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Installation Installation mode of the device, including Rack 19 inch, Rack 21 inch,
Mode and Rack 23 inch.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended This page is used to modify the name of the devices that are connected
Info through CCU.

5.1.2 Commissioning the ECC500 V6 Collector


5.1.2.1 Setting ECC500 V600R001C00 Monitoring Parameters
5.1.2.1.1 Setting ECC500 V6 Collector IP Address
This topic describes how to configure an IP address and a subnet mask for the ECC500 V6
collector before connecting it to the element management system (EMS).

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (by default 192.168.1.168) for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 You have installed hardware for the ECC500 V6 collector and powered it on.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 You have obtained the planned IP address, subnet mask and default gateway for the
ECC500 V6 collector.

Context
A unified IP address (192.168.1.168) is configured for all ECC500 V6 collectors before
delivery. You must reconfigure an IP address for the ECC500 V6 collector as required to
prevent IP address conflict.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the ECC500 V6
collector, enter https://192.168.1.168 in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.
Step 2 (Optional) Install a security certificate when logging in to the page. Click Continue to this
website (not recommended), as shown in Figure 5-17.

Figure 5-17 Prompt message indicating an incorrect certificate

This operation is performed on the Windows 7 OS. If other OSs are used, perform this operation based
on actual conditions.

Step 3 Specify User Name and Password and click Log In. Figure 5-18 shows the login dialog box.

Figure 5-18 Login dialog box of the ECC500 V6 collector

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

If you log in to the ECC500 V6 collector for the first time, enter admin as the user name and 000001 or
Changeme as the password. After you log in to the ECC500 V6 collector successfully, change the
password for security. For details, see 6.7 How to Change the Preset Password for the ECC Collector.

Step 4 Choose System Settings > Monitoring IP Addr., set the IP address, subnet mask and default
gateway for the ECC500 V6 collector based on the assigned parameters for the ECC500 V6
collector, as shown in Figure 5-19.

Figure 5-19 Setting ECC500 V6 collector IP address

Step 5 Click Submit.


----End

5.1.2.1.2 Setting SNMPv3 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector


You need to set the SNMPv3 parameters for the ECC500 V6 collector if it connects to the
EMS, as these parameters are needed for setting up the ECC500 V6 collector on the EMS.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.
 The encryption algorithm used by the ECC500 V600R001C00 for the SNMPv3 protocol
is risky, and therefore it needs to be used with caution.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose System Settings > SNMP Settings.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 Select SNMPv3 as SNMP Version, enter 161 for SNMP Port Number, as shown in Figure
5-20.

Figure 5-20 Setting SNMPv3 parameters

Step 4 Click Add in SNMPv3, as shown in Figure 5-21.

Figure 5-21 Setting SNMPv3 parameters (02)

Step 5 Specify User Name, MD5 Password, Confirm MD5 Password, DES Password, and
Confirm DES Password, as shown in Figure 5-22.
Any characters complying with the system can be entered for User Name, MD5 Password,
and DES Password. Record the specified parameters as you will need them when setting up
the ECC500 V6 collector on the NetEco.

You are advised to set MD5 Password and DES Password to different values.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 6 After you set the parameters, click Confirm.


Step 7 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-22.

Figure 5-22 Setting the SNMPv3 parameters (03)

Step 8 Click Add in SNMP Trap, as shown in Figure 5-23.

Figure 5-23 Setting the SNMPv3 parameters (04)

Step 9 Enter the IP address of the NetEco as Trap Target and enter 162 as Trap Port.
Step 10 After you set the parameters, click Confirm.
Step 11 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-24.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-24 Setting the SNMPv3 parameters (05)

----End

5.1.2.2 Setting Parameters for ECC500 V600R001C01 or Later Versions


5.1.2.2.1 Setting ECC500 V6 Collector IP Address
This topic describes how to configure an IP address and a subnet mask for the ECC500 V6
collector before connecting it to the element management system (EMS).

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (by default 192.168.1.168) for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 You have installed hardware for the ECC500 V6 collector and powered it on.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.
 You have obtained the planned IP address, subnet mask and default gateway for the
ECC500 V6 collector.

Context
A unified IP address (192.168.1.168) is configured for all ECC500 V6 collectors before
delivery. You must reconfigure an IP address for the ECC500 V6 collector as required to
prevent IP address conflict.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the ECC500 V6
collector, enter https://192.168.1.168 in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.
Step 2 (Optional) Install a security certificate when logging in to the page. Click Continue to this
website (not recommended), as shown in Figure 5-25.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-25 Prompt message indicating an incorrect certificate

This operation is performed on the Windows 7 OS. If other OSs are used, perform this operation based
on actual conditions.

Step 3 Specify User Name and Password and click Log In. Figure 5-26 shows the login dialog box.

Figure 5-26 Login dialog box of the ECC500 V6 collector

If you log in to the ECC500 V6 collector for the first time, enter admin as the user name and 000001 or
Changeme as the password. After you log in to the ECC500 V6 collector successfully, change the
password for security. For details, see 6.7 How to Change the Preset Password for the ECC Collector.

Step 4 Choose System Settings > IP Address Settings, set the IP address, subnet mask and default
gateway for the ECC500 V6 collector based on the assigned parameters for the ECC500 V6
collector, as shown in Figure 5-27.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-27 Setting ECC500 V6 collector IP address

Step 5 Click Submit.


----End

5.1.2.2.2 Setting Pass-through Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector


You need to set the pass-through parameters for the ECC500 V6 collector if it connects to the
EMS, as these parameters are needed for setting up the challenge handshake authentication on
the EMS.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose System Settings > Pass-through Settings.
Step 3 Set Enable security authentication parameters.
 If the version of ECC is ECC500 V600R001C01 or earlier, perform the following
operations:
− For a device that requires no security setting, set Enable security authentication to
Disable. Click Submit and click OK in the displayed dialog box.
− For a device that requires security setting (such as an RS485 access controller), Set
Enable security authentication to Enable. Click Submit and click OK in the
displayed dialog box. Refer to the device commissioning guide for details.
 If the version of ECC is later than ECC500 V600R001C01, perform the following
operations.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

− Set Enable security authentication to Enable. Click Submit and click OK in the
displayed dialog box.
− Click Reset password in Challenge certification password. In the displayed
dialog box, click OK.

In ECC500 V600R001C01 or later ECC versions, you must set Enable security authenticationto
Enable when adding an RS485 access controller.

Step 4 (Optional) Replace the security certificate for network elements to connect to the NetEco.

 The NetEco system provides a Huawei-preinstalled default certificate for commissioning the
connections between network elements and the NetEco. The default certificate cannot ensure
information transmission security, and must be replaced by a valid certificate from Huawei if the
secure communication mode is to be enabled.
 The security certificate for the ECC500 collector to connect to the NMS can be replaced only when
the Enable security authentication parameter is set to Enable for the ECC500 collector.
1. Replace the security certificate of the ECC500 collector: On the ECC500 WebUI, choose
System Settings > Pass-through Settings, click Browse to enter the path where the
certificate is stored, select the certificate, and click Upload. After the upload is complete,
click Submit.

If the network security certificate is encrypted, select Enable key password, enter Key
password, and enter Confirm key password.

2. For details about how to replace the security certificate for the NetEco, see the
Replacing a Security Certificate for Connection between NetEco and NE chapter in
the NetEco user manual.
----End

5.1.2.2.3 Setting SNMP Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector


You need to set the SNMP parameters for the ECC500 V6 collector if it connects to the EMS,
as these parameters are needed for setting up the ECC500 V6 collector on the EMS.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose System Settings > SNMP Settings.
Step 3 Select SNMPv3 as SNMP Version, enter 161 for SNMP Port Number, as shown in Figure
5-28.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-28 Setting SNMPv3 parameters

Step 4 Click Add in SNMPv3, as shown in Figure 5-29.

Figure 5-29 Setting SNMPv3 parameters (02)

Step 5 Specify User Name, choose SHA or MD5, AES or DES, enter MD5/SHA Password,
Confirm MD5/SHA Password, DES/AES Password, and Confirm DES/AES password, as
shown in Figure 5-30.
Any characters complying with the system can be entered for User Name, MD5/SHA
Password, and DES/AES Password. Record the specified parameters as you will need them
when setting up the ECC500 V6 collector on the NetEco.

You are advised to set MD5/SHA Password and DES/AESPassword to different values.

MD5 and DES protocols are not secure. It is recommended that you set protocol to SHA and
AES. The following operations use the recommended settings as an example.
Step 6 After you set the parameters, click Confirm.
Step 7 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-30.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-30 Setting the SNMPv3 parameters (03)

Step 8 Click Add in SNMP Trap, as shown in Figure 5-31.

Figure 5-31 Setting the SNMPv3 parameters (04)

Step 9 Enter the IP address of the NetEco as Trap Target and enter 162 as Trap Port.
Step 10 Select SNMPv3 as SNMP Version.
Step 11 After you set the parameters, click Confirm.
Step 12 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-32.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-32 Setting the SNMPv3 parameters (05)

----End

5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485 Port Number


Function of the RS485 port on the ECC500 V6: When you create an RS485 device on the
NetEco, you need to enter the port number for connecting to the device on the NetEco.

Only the device connected to the RS485 communciation card requires a port number. The devices
connected to the AI/DI card and independent AI/DI module do not require a port number.

The RS485 communications card can be inserted into any one or more slots among slots 1-4
on the ECC500 V6 collector. The RS485 port numbers vary based on slots. Figure 5-33 shows
the ECC500 V6 collector slots. Table 5-9 shows the mappings between slots and port
numbers.

During onsite operations, connect the slots on the collector based on site requirements. Figure
5-33 is only for reference.

Figure 5-33 ECC500 V6 collector slots

(1) Slot 1 (2) Slot 2

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

(3) Slot 3 (4) Slot 4

Table 5-9 Mappings between port numbers and slot numbers

Slot COM1 port COM2 port COM3 port COM4/12 COM5/12


number number number number V port V port
number number

1 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215

2 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220


3 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225
4 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230

5.1.2.4 Creating a ECC500 V6 Collector on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Collector.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-34 shows these parameters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-34 ECC500 V6 collector configuration parameters

Table 5-10 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-11 SNMP V1/V2 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV1 or SNMPV2 .

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.


Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).

Read Community Write down the read community of the device. (Set to public by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Write Community Write down the write community of the device. (Set to private by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-12 SNMP V3 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV3.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.

Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).

Security Name Write down the user name for SNMPv3 on the WebUI of the
device.

Authentication Write down the authentication protocol setting on the device. The
Protocol default selection is SHA.
Support SHA and MD5 agreement.

Authentication Write down the SHA or MD5 password setting on the device.
Password NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
different values.

Privacy Protocol Write down the privacy protocol setting on the device. The default
selection is AES.
Support AES and CBC_DES agreement.

Privacy Password Write down the AES or DES password setting on the device.
NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-13 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.
Context The context of the managed object name.
Name

Context Managed object context engine.


Engine ID

Med Node nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Protocol type of the device.
Type

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
The value cannot be modified.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).


Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).
Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info
Model Device model.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Location Location of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Rack 19 inch, Rack 21 inch,
Mode and Rack 23 inch.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended This page is used to change the name of the devices that are connected
Info/MUE05 through AI/DI expansion card. For details, see 5.1.6.3 Modifying the
A1 Names of the dry contact on the NetEco.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
-
Extended
Info/MUE05
A4

Extended This page is used to change the name of the devices that are connected
Info/MUE06 through AI/DI module. For details, see5.1.6.3 Modifying the Names of the
A1 dry contact on the NetEco.
-
Extended
Info/MUE06
A8

On the NetEco, different devices are identified by different measurement objects. Table 5-14 describes
the mapping between device names and measurement objects.

Table 5-14 Mapping between device names and measurement objects


Extended Info Measurement Slot Number Port Number AI/DI
page Object of the RS485 on the RS485 Module
Communicati Communicati Communicati
on Card on Card ons Address

Extended 11 1 — —
Info/MUE02A1

Extended 12 2 — —
Info/MUE02A2

Extended 13 3 — —
Info/MUE02A3
Extended 14 4 — —
Info/MUE02A4

Extended 21 1 — —
Info/MUE05A1

Extended 22 2 — —
Info/MUE05A2
Extended 23 3 — —
Info/MUE05A3

Extended 24 4 — —
Info/MUE05A4

Extended 31 3 COM4 1
Info/MUE06A1

Extended 32 3 COM5 1
Info/MUE06A2

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Extended Info Measurement Slot Number Port Number AI/DI


page Object of the RS485 on the RS485 Module
Communicati Communicati Communicati
on Card on Card ons Address

Extended 33 3 COM4 2
Info/MUE06A3

Extended 34 3 COM5 2
Info/MUE06A4
Extended 35 4 COM4 1
Info/MUE06A5
Extended 36 4 COM5 1
Info/MUE06A6

Extended 37 4 COM4 2
Info/MUE06A7
Extended 38 4 COM5 2
Info/MUE06A8

5.1.3 Adding CIM Collector


5.1.3.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a CIM Collector

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the CIM collector is obtained.
 The CIM collector is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the CIM collector to the NetEco, modify the port parameters for the
collector connecting to the CIM collector to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the CIM collector are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set the CIM collector device address by setting the ADD dual in-line package (DIP) on the
hydrogen detector RS485 monitoring card.

Table 5-15 Mapping between DIP switch settings and addresses

CIM01C1 Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle CIM01C1


Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4 Address on
(ADDR1) (ADDR2) (ADDR3) (ADDR4) the NMS
or UPS

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

CIM01C1 Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle CIM01C1


Switch 1 Switch 2 Switch 3 Switch 4 Address on
(ADDR1) (ADDR2) (ADDR3) (ADDR4) the NMS
or UPS

CIM01C1 0 0 0 0 0 60

CIM01C1 1 1 0 0 0 61

CIM01C1 2 0 1 0 0 62
CIM01C1 3 1 1 0 0 63

 If a toggle switch is flipped to OFF, the value of this toggle switch is 0.


 If a toggle switch is flipped to ON, the value of this toggle switch is 1.
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit and Parity on CIM collector can not be set, the default setting
is 9600, 8, 1 and None.
Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.3.2 Creating a CIM Collector on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 Only supporting UPS5000E V100R001C08 version.
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Collector.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-35 shows these parameters, using the Collector_HUAWEI_CIM_MODBUS as an
example.

Figure 5-35 collector configuration parameters

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-16 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

Step 10 Choose Monitor > Real-Time Signal from the main menu.
Step 11 In the navigation tree of the displayed Real-Time Signal page, select the CIM Collector.
Step 12 Select AO in the Counter Attribute and do not select AI, DI and DO.

Step 13 Click in the Number of Batteries row and the Operation column. In the displayed
dialog, enter the Number of Batteries and click Send. When the NetEco returns Success,
click Close.

Step 14 Click in the Battery Capacity row and the Operation column. In the displayed dialog,
enter the Battery Capacity and click Send. When the NetEco returns Success, click Close.

Step 15 Click in the Data Collect Period row and the Operation column. In the displayed
dialog, enter the Data Collect Period and click Send. When the NetEco returns Success,
click Close.

Data Collect Period=0.4*Number of Batteries.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Related Information

Table 5-17 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.

Type Device type.


Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding special characters.
Med Gateway The context of the managed object name.

Protocol Type Protocol type of the device.


Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three
decimal places).

Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply
from the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Number Serial number of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Pselocation Location of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Mode Installation mode of the device and select Antistatic flooring
installation and Cement flooring installation.

Temperature Range Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,
measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of Use The start date for using the device.

Last Maintenance The last date for maintaining the device.

5.1.3.3 CIM and BIM Networking

Procedure
Step 1 After you press the CIM networking switch, the CIM LINK indicator changes from green
"steady on" to "blinking intermittently at super short intervals", and then to green "blinking at
super short intervals". The CIM enters the networking state.

 "Blinking at long intervals": The indicator is on for 1s and then off for 1s alternately.
 "Blinking intermittently at super short intervals": The indicator blinks for 0.5s and then off for 0.5s
alternately.
 "Blinking at super short intervals": The indicator is on for 0.05s and then off for 0.05s alternately.

Figure 5-36 CIM

(1) Networking button (2) LINK indicator

Step 2 Press the BIM networking switch. The RUN indicator changes from green "steady on" to red
"steady on". After you release the networking switch, the RUN indicator changes from green
"blinking at super short intervals" to red "blinking at super short intervals", and then to green
"blinking at super short intervals". The BIM searches for and connects to the CIM network.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-37 BIM

(1) Networking switch (2) RUN indicator

Step 3 After successful networking of one BIM, proceed with the next BIM. Repeat Step 2 to
connect the remaining BIMs to the CIM network.

It is recommended that BIM networking be set up in the battery sequence.

Step 4 After you press the CIM networking switch, the CIM LINK indicator and BIM RUN indicator
change from green "blinking at super short intervals" to green "blinking at long intervals".
The networking is complete.

After networking is complete, if the CIM ALM indicator is steady on, the actual number of online
devices is less than the number of nodes connected to the BIM.

Step 5 (Optional) If multiple CIMs are cascaded, repeat Step 1 to Step 4 to perform networking on
the other CIMs.
----End

5.1.4 Adding RH2288_IPMI


5.1.4.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the RH2288_IPMI Server
RH2288_IPMI server monitoring parameters include the IP address, login user name, and
password of the RH2288 server remote management port. For the detailed setting procedure,
see section Configure the Remote BMC Management Network Port (RH2288) in NetEco
Software Initial Installation Guide.

5.1.4.2 Creating a RH2288_IPMI Server on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Server.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-38 shows these parameters, using the Server_IBM_x3650–M3_IPMI as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-38 RH2288_IPMI server configuration parameters

Table 5-18 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.
IP Address IP address of the remote management port for the RH2288_IPMI server.

User Name User name of the account used for connecting to the remote management
port BMC on the server.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
The default user name is root.

Password Password of the account used for connecting to the remote management
port BMC on the server.
The initial password is Huawei12#$.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-19 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Protocol type of the device.
Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).
Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic floor Installation ,


Mode and Cement floor Installation .
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Business Public, Tenancy, Trust, Self Support, or Other.


Type
Customer User name of the used equipment.

SLA High, Middle, or Low.

Owner Person responsible for equipment management.

Status Info Status information about the device, includingStart Date Of Use,Last
Maintenance Date,Maintenance Period(month),Life Period(month).

5.1.5 Adding IBM


5.1.5.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the IBM Server
Monitoring parameters for the IBM server include the IP address of the remote management
port for the IBM server, and the user name and password for logging in to the IBM server. For
details on setting these parameters, contact the server providers.

5.1.5.2 Creating a IBM Server on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 Select a cabinet, DDF, or PDU and click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is
displayed.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.

Step 5 Click and select device from the drop-down list box.
Step 6 Select IBM server to be added and drag the icons of devices to the management domain.

 You can click the desired equipment and then select Manage under to open the page for
monitoring the equipment in real time.
 Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to Table 5-20, Figure 5-39
shows these parameters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-39 IBM server configuration parameters

Table 5-20 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.
IP Address IP address of the remote management port for the IBM server.

User Name User name of the account used for connecting to the remote management
port BMC on the server.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
The default user name is root.

Password Password of the account used for connecting to the remote management
port BMC on the server.
The initial password is Huawei12#$.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to Table 5-21 as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-21 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object

Type Device type.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type
Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.
r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.
SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic floor Installation ,


Mode and Cement floor Installation .

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Business Public, Tenancy, Trust, Self Support, or Other.


Type

Customer User name of the used equipment.

SLA High, Middle, or Low.

Owner Person responsible for equipment management.

Status Info Status information about the device, includingStart Date Of Use,Last
Maintenance Date,Maintenance Period(month),Life Period(month).

5.1.6 Adding Dry Contact Interface Devices


5.1.6.1 Setting ECC500 V600R001C00 Dry Contact Interface Parameters
5.1.6.1.1 Setting Door Status Sensor Monitoring Parameters
After connecting a door status sensor (DSS) to the AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6 collector, you
need to set DSS parameters on the web user interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
This section describes how to set DSS monitoring parameters when a DSS is connected to the
AI/DI_1 port of the MUE05A4 card of an ECC500 V6 collector. Set the parameters based on
the actual port connected to the DSS onsite.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE05A4 > System Parameters > AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-40.

Figure 5-40 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

Step 5 Select Door Sensor for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure
5-41.

Figure 5-41 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 7 Click Submit.


----End

5.1.6.1.2 Setting Smoke Sensor and Water Leakage Sensor Parameters


After connecting a smoke sensor or water leakage sensor to the AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6
collector, you need to set smoke sensor or water leakage sensor parameters on the web user
interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
 This section describes how to set smoke sensor or water leakage sensor monitoring
parameters when a smoke sensor or water leakage sensor is connected to the AI/DI_1
port of the MUE05A4 card of an ECC500 V6 collector. Set the parameters based on the
actual port connected to the smoke sensor or water leakage sensor onsite.
 A smoke sensor or water leakage sensor is a self-identification device. After a smoke
sensor or water leakage sensor is connected to the AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6 collector,
the sensor type is automatically identified and you do not need to manually set AI/DI_1
Sensor Type on the WebUI.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE05A4 > System Parameters > AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-42.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-42 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

Step 5 Check whether AI/DI_1 Sensor Type can be automatically identified. For example, Smoke
Sensor is automatically identified, as shown in Figure 5-43.

Figure 5-43 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

5.1.6.1.3 Setting Device Monitoring Parameters of an NO/NC Dry Contact


After a normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) dry contact is connected to the AI/DI
port of an ECC500 V6 collector, you need to set device parameters of the NO or NC dry
contact on the WebUI.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
 An NO or NC dry contact is a device whose normal status signal is open (or closed) and
whose alarm signal is closed (or open), such as a skylight controller.
 This section describes how to set skylight controller monitoring parameters when a
skylight controller is connected to the AI/DI_1 port of the MUE05A4 card of an ECC500
V6 collector. Set the parameters based on the actual port connected to the skylight
controller onsite.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE05A4 > System Parameters > AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-44.

Figure 5-44 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

Step 5 Select NO or NC for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure
5-45.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-45 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

 NO: indicates a normally open dry contact. The dry contact will report an alarm in the normally
closed state.
 NC: indicates a normally closed dry contact. The dry contact will report an alarm in the normally
open state.

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

5.1.6.2 Setting Dry Contact Interface Parameters for ECC500 V600R001C01


or Later Versions
5.1.6.2.1 Setting Door Status Sensor Monitoring Parameters
After connecting a door status sensor (DSS) to the AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6 collector, you
need to set DSS parameters on the web user interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
This section describes how to set DSS monitoring parameters when a DSS is connected to the
AI/DI_1 port of the MUE05A4 card of an ECC500 V6 collector. Set the parameters based on
the actual port connected to the DSS onsite.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE05A Expansion Card > MUE05A4 > Running Parameter >
AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-46.

Figure 5-46 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

Step 5 Select Door Sensor for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure
5-47.

Figure 5-47 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 7 Click Submit.


----End

5.1.6.2.2 Setting Smoke Sensor and Water Leakage Sensor Parameters


After connecting a smoke sensor or water leakage sensor to the AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6
collector, you need to set smoke sensor or water leakage sensor parameters on the web user
interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
 This section describes how to set smoke sensor or water leakage sensor monitoring
parameters when a smoke sensor or water leakage sensor is connected to the AI/DI_1
port of the MUE05A4 card of an ECC500 V6 collector. Set the parameters based on the
actual port connected to the smoke sensor or water leakage sensor onsite.
 A smoke sensor or water leakage sensor is a self-identification device. After a smoke
sensor or water leakage sensor is connected to the AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6 collector,
the sensor type is automatically identified and you do not need to manually set AI/DI_1
Sensor Type on the WebUI.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE05A Expansion Card > MUE05A4 > Running Parameter >
AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-48.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-48 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

Step 5 Check whether AI/DI_1 Sensor Type can be automatically identified. For example, Smoke
Sensor is automatically identified, as shown in Figure 5-49.

Figure 5-49 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

5.1.6.2.3 Setting Device Monitoring Parameters of an NO/NC Dry Contact


After a normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) dry contact is connected to the AI/DI
port of an ECC500 V6 collector, you need to set device parameters of the NO or NC dry
contact on the WebUI.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
 An NO or NC dry contact is a device whose normal status signal is open (or closed) and
whose alarm signal is closed (or open), such as a skylight controller.
 This section describes how to set skylight controller monitoring parameters when a
skylight controller is connected to the AI/DI_1 port of the MUE05A4 card of an ECC500
V6 collector. Set the parameters based on the actual port connected to the skylight
controller onsite.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE05A Expansion Card > MUE05A4 > Running Parameter >
AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit, as shown in Figure 5-50.

Figure 5-50 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

Step 5 Select NO or NC for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure
5-51.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-51 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

 NO: indicates a normally open dry contact. The dry contact will report an alarm in the normally
closed state.
 NC: indicates a normally closed dry contact. The dry contact will report an alarm in the normally
open state.

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

5.1.6.3 Modifying the Names of the dry contact on the NetEco


This topic describes how to modify the names of the dry contact.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You hava created ECC500 V6 collector in the Configuration Management page.

Context
This section describes the method of modifying the names of the dry contact, take the
ECC500 V6 collector as an example.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select a collector from the cabinet in the navigation tree, the cabinet design page is displayed.
Step 3 In the collector parameter setting area, expand the Extended Info page, shown as figure
below.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

The corresponding relationship between the Extended Info page on the NetEco and the port
number of the collector:
 If the dry contact is connected through the AI/DI module, see Table 5-22 and Table 5-23.
 If the dry contact is connected through the AI/DI expansion card, see Table 5-24.

Figure 5-52 The extended info of ECC500 V6 collector on the NetEco

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-22 The corresponding relationship between the Extended Info page and the Slot Number
of the AI/DI module

The Extended Measurement Slot Number Port Number AI/DI


Info page Object of the RS485 on the RS485 Module
communicatio Communicati Communicati
n card on Card ons Address

Extended 31 3 COM4 1
Info/MUE06A1

Extended 32 3 COM5 1
Info/MUE06A2

Extended 33 3 COM4 2
Info/MUE06A3
Extended 34 3 COM5 2
Info/MUE06A4

Extended 35 4 COM4 1
Info/MUE06A5

Extended 36 4 COM5 1
Info/MUE06A6

Extended 37 4 COM4 2
Info/MUE06A7
Extended 38 4 COM5 2
Info/MUE06A8

Table 5-23 The corresponding relationship between the AI/DI Module Communications Address
and the DIP switch

The AI/DI SW1 SW2 SW3


Module
Communications
Address

0 ON ON ON
1 OFF ON ON

2 ON OFF ON

3 OFF OFF ON

4 ON ON OFF

5 OFF ON OFF

6 ON OFF OFF

7 (Default) OFF OFF OFF

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-24 The corresponding relationship between the Extended Info page and the Slot Number
of the AI/DI expansion card

The Extended Info page Measurement Object Slot Number of the


AI/DI expansion card

Extended Info/MUE05A1 21 1
Extended Info/MUE05A2 22 2

Extended Info/MUE05A3 23 3

Extended Info/MUE05A4 24 4

Step 4 Modify the indicator name of the dry contact in the corresponding text box.
For example, the AI/DI module is MUE06A1 and the dry contact is connected through
AI/DI_1 port, then, modify the indicator name in the MUE06A1_AI_DI_1 text box.

Step 5 Click to save the change.


----End

5.1.6.4 Commissioning the Dry Contact Interface Devices on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Context
For the devices that are connected to collector through dry contact port, such as smoke sensor,
water sensor and door status sensor, You need to perform the enable operation in the collector
configuration page.
On the NetEco, following operations should be performed.
 Modify the name of the dry contacts by referring to 5.1.6.3 Modifying the Names of the
dry contact on the NetEco.
 Create the dry contact icon and band the alarms.
− Create the door status sensor icon by referring to 6.10.3 Creating an Icon for a Door
Status Sensor.
− Create the water sensor icon by referring to 6.10.4 Create the Water Sensor.
− Create the link water sensor icon by referring to 6.10.5 Create the LinkWater
Sensor.
− Create the smoke sensor icon by referring to 6.10.6 Create the Smoke Sensor.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.6.5 Commissioning the Skylight Ceiling Controller


This section describes how to commissioning the skylight ceiling controller.

Prerequisites
For details about how to complete the following, see 3.1.25 Connecting Monitoring Cables to
a WCON-22Z Skylight Ceiling Controller and 3.1.26 Connecting a Monitoring Cable to a
WCON-14Z Skylight Controller.
 ALM signal port access collector dry contact ports.
 MOTE OPEN DO signal port access collector of the port.
 You have obtained the IP address, user name and password of the ECC500 V6 collector.
 A PC is prepared and the IP address is configured to be in the same network segment
with the ECC500 V6.

Procedure
Step 1 Modify the sensor type for the corresponding port of the ECC collector.

This section describes how to set skylight controller monitoring parameters when the
following scenario is used as an example: The POWER ALM port of the skylight controller is
connected to the AI/DI_1 port of the MUE05A4 card of the ECC500 V6 collector, the SMG
ALM port is connected to the AI/DI_2 port of the MUE05A4 card of the ECC500 V6
collector, and the REMOTE port is connected to the DO port of the MUE05A4 card of the
ECC500 V6 collector. Set this parameter based on the actual port to which the skylight
controller is connected onsite.

1. Log into the WebUI of the ECC collector.


2. Choose Monitoring > MUE05A4 > System Parameters > AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
3. Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor, as shown in Figure 5-53.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-53 Setting port enabling of a dry contact

4. Click Submit.
5. Select NC for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure 5-54.

Figure 5-54 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

6. Click Submit.
7. Choose Monitoring > MUE05A4 > System Parameters > AI/DI_2 Port Settings.
8. Select Enable for AI/DI_2 Sensor, as shown in Figure 5-55.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-55 Setting port enabling of a dry contact_02

9. Click Submit.
10. Select NO for AI/DI_2 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure 5-56.

Figure 5-56 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact_02

11. Click Submit.


12. Choose Monitoring > MUE05A4 > System Parameters > DO Control.
13. Select Manual for DO Settings from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure 5-57.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-57 Setting the DO port type

14. Click Submit.


Step 2 Modify NetEco in collector targets corresponding dry contact name and DO name, as show in
Figure 5-58.
For example:
 Modify MUE05A4_AI_DI_1 is Power Alarm of the Skylight Ceiling.
 Modify MUE05A4_AI_DI_2 is Smoke Alarm of the Skylight Ceiling.
 Modify MUE05A4_DO is Open the Skylight Ceiling Remotely.

Figure 5-58 Modify extended attribution page

For details, see 5.1.6.3 Modifying the Names of the dry contact on the NetEco.
Step 3 Check whether the skylight ceiling controller is modified successfully.
1. Click collector, select under the icon Manage to switch to Basic Information page.
2. Click Monitor Information tab page. Select DI(Digital Input) and DO(Digital
Output). If the following indicators is displayed, the modification is successful.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-25 Modify the DI indicator of the skylight ceiling controller

Counter Meas Curre Unit Collec Collec Count Count Opera


Name urem nt tion t er er tion
ent Value Perio Time Attrib Grou
Obje d (s) ute p
ct

skylight 24 Open 10 2014/1 DI MUE0


ceiling 1/19 5A
controller DI 14:00: Operat
Status 00 e
Param
eters

skylight 24 Norma 10 2014/1 DI MUE0


ceiling l 1/19 5A
controller 14:00: Operat
Power Output 00 e
Alarm Status Param
eters

skylight 24 Open 10 2014/1 DI MUE0


ceiling 1/19 5A
controller 14:00: Operat
Power Output 00 e
Status Param
eters
skylight 24 Open 10 2014/1 DI MUE0
ceiling 1/19 5A
controller DO 14:00: Operat
Status 00 e
Param
eters

Table 5-26 Modify the DO indicator of the skylight ceiling controller

Count Measu Curre Unit Collec Collec Count Count Operat


er remen nt tion t Time er er ion
Name t Value Period Attrib Group
Object (s) ute

skyligh 24 Close 30 2014/1 DO MUE0


t 1/19 5A
ceiling 14:00:3 Config
controll 0 Parame
er ters
Operate
skyligh 24 Close 30 2014/1 DO MUE0
t 1/19 5A
ceiling 14:00:3 Config
controll 0 Parame

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Count Measu Curre Unit Collec Collec Count Count Operat


er remen nt tion t Time er er ion
Name t Value Period Attrib Group
Object (s) ute
er ters
Enable

In the previous table, these parameters can be modified: Current Value, Collection Period (s) and
Collect Time.

Step 4 Skylight ceiling controller alarm reporting, simulate the following conditions are met, check
NetEco on alarm reporting.
 Skylight ceiling controller Smoke: Actual cigarette test the smoke blown into the sensor
until the sensor alarm; re sunroof controller is powered alarms to recover.
 Skylight ceiling controller temperature sense: Actual use of the hot air hot air gun, etc.
into the sensor, the default alarm sensor above 58 °C; below 58 °C, the alarm can be
restored.
 Log in to the NetEco. Choose Monitor > Current Alarms from the main menu. View
the alarm of the skylight ceiling controller on the Current Alarms page.

Step 5 (Optional) Check the remote to open skylight ceiling, click , open collector Monitor
Information page for DO operation, as show in figure below.

If you use the remote DO skylight ceiling open operation, you must run again Close operation,
skylight ceiling can manually shut down.
ECC collector when remote operation DO, DO must be enabled Manual Output before sent
successfully.

Figure 5-59 DO skylight ceiling controller operation page

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.7 Adding a Fire Controller


5.1.7.1 Creating a Fire Controller on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Fire Controller.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-60 shows these parameters, using the FireController_UTC_POC_MODBUS as an
example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-60 Configuration parameters of fire controller

Table 5-27 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-28 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Med Node nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Protocol type of the device.
Type The value cannot be modified.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value cannot be modified.

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.
r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.
SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Rack 19 inch, Rack 21 inch,
Mode and Rack 23 inch.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.
Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended Info
Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.
Power

5.1.8 Adding an NTC Sensor(TE820E10*01RJ)


5.1.8.1 Setting NTC Sensor Monitoring Parameters
After connecting an NTC sensor to the AI/DI port of an independent deployment module of
an ECC500 V6 collector, you need to set NTC sensor monitoring parameters on the web user
interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
 This section applies to an ECC500 V6 collector. If the NTC sensor is connected to an
ECC800 collector, skip operations in this section.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 Perform operations described in this section only when the standalone module of the
NTC sensor is connected to the communications cards in slot 3 or 4 of the ECC500
collector.
 This section describes how to set NTC sensor monitoring parameters when an NTC
sensor is connected to the AI/DI_1 port of the ECC500 V6 card of an ECC500 V6
collector. Set the parameters based on the actual port connected to the NTC sensor
onsite.
 An NTC sensor is a self-identification device. After an NTC sensor is connected to the
AI/DI port of an ECC500 V6 collector, the sensor type is automatically identified and
you do not need to manually set AI/DI_1 Sensor Type on the WebUI.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC500 V6 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUE06A1 > System Parameters > AI/DI_1 Port Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor, as shown in Figure 5-61.

Figure 5-61 Setting port enabling of a NTC sensor

Step 4 Click Submit.


Step 5 Check whether AI/DI_1 Sensor Type is automatically identified as NTC, as shown in Figure
5-62.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-62 Setting the sensor type of a NTC sensor

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

5.1.8.2 Setting Device IP Addresses of NTC Sensors

Prerequisites
You have connected an NTC sensor to the AI/DI port of an independent deployment module
of an ECC500 V6 collector.

Context
 This section applies to an ECC500 V6 collector. If the NTC sensor is connected to an
ECC800 collector, skip operations in this section.
 The device IP address of the independent deployment module connected to an NTC
sensor is the device IP address of the NTC sensor. You need to set such an IP address to 1
or 2 by following the instructions provided in this section.

Procedure
Step 1 Use the DIP switch on the independent deployment module of an ECC500 V6 collector to set
the device IP address to 1 or 2. Figure 5-63 shows the DIP switch and Table 5-29 describes
the setting method.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-63 DIP switch of an independent deployment module

1. DIP switch on an independent deployment module of an ECC500 V6 collector

The DIP bits are bit 1, bit 2, bit 3, and bit 4 from the left to the right. Turning a bit to 0
indicates that the bit is in the OFF status and turning a bit to 1 indicates that the bit is in the
ON status.

Table 5-29 Setting device IP addresses through a DIP switch

IP Address DIP Bit 1 DIP Bit 2 DIP Bit 3

1 OFF ON ON
2 ON OFF ON

Record the set device IP addresse because you need to type the information in the NetEco system when
adding an NTC sensor to the NetEco.

Step 2 Remove the cable connecting the standalone module and the ECC500 communications card
and reconnect the cable to restart the standalone module.
----End

5.1.8.3 Creating a NTC Sensor on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Sensor.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-64 shows these parameters, using the Sensor_HUAWEI_NTC_MODBUS as an example.

Figure 5-64 Configuration parameters of Huawei-NTC

Table 5-30 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector.

Port Set the port number of collector to which the AI/DI module connect.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Device Address Address of the device is corresponding to DIP switch of the AI/DI
module, please fill in the actual. See 5.1.8.2 Setting Device IP
Addresses of NTC Sensors.

Offset The offset is corresponding to the port number of the AI/DI module.
The figure below shows the port of the AI/DI module. If the NTC
sensor is connected through AI/DI_1 port, the offset is 0; If the NTC
sensor is connected through AI/DI_2 port, the offset is 1, and so on.

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-31 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Electricity Info

Rated Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


Power The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
Mode
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufactur Manufacturer of the device.


er The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperatur Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
e Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build
Mode In, Wall Build In, and Ceiling installation.

Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info

Start Date The start date for using the device.


of Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenanc
e

Extended Info

Rated Rated Cooling Capacity of the device, measured by KW.


Cooling

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Capacity The value cannot be modified.

5.1.9 Adding an Ambient Temperature and Humidity Sensor


5.1.9.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an Ambient Temperature and
Humidity Sensor

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the ambient temperature and humidity sensor is obtained.
 The ambient temperature and humidity sensor connects to the collector and displays
values on the display panel.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the ambient temperature and humidity sensor to the NetEco, set monitoring
parameters, such as the device address and baud rate, on the sensor, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the sensor to ensure that the values of BaudRate,
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the sensor are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Hold down Set on the display panel of the ambient temperature and humidity sensor for 2
seconds.
Step 2 When Add is displayed, set the device address by pressing + and -. When creating an ambient
temperature and humidity sensor on the NetEco, set Device address to the same value.
Step 3 Press Set.
Step 4 When bAu is displayed, retain the default value or change the baud rate by pressing + and -.
Set BaudRate for the collector port to the same value.

DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the ambient temperature and humidity sensor cannot be set on the
WebUI. Their values are 8, 1, and None respectively.

Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.9.2 Creating a sensor on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Sensor.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-65 shows these parameters, using the Sensor_BAOLIMA_WS302_MODBUS as an
example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-65 Configuration parameters of sensor

Table 5-32 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-33 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Assets Info
Model Device model.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Wall Build In and Ceiling
Mode Installation.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance

5.1.10 Adding an Water Leakage Sensor


5.1.10.1 Creating a Water Leakage Sensor on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Sensor.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-66 shows these parameters, using the GreyStone_WLDS600_MODBUS as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-66 Configuration parameters of sensor

Table 5-34 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Related Information

Table 5-35 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,
Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Mode In, and Wall Build In.

Wire Type A total of five wire types, such as the Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.
Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance

5.1.11 Adding a Hydrogen Sensor


5.1.11.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Hydrogen Sensor

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the hydrogen sensor is obtained.
 The hydrogen sensor is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the hydrogen sensor to the NetEco, modify the port parameters for the
collector connecting to the hydrogen sensor to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the hydrogen sensor are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set the hydrogen sensor device address by setting the ADD dual in-line package (DIP) on the
hydrogen detector RS485 monitoring card.
 If a toggle switch is flipped to OFF, the value of this toggle switch is 1.
 If a toggle switch is flipped to ON, the value of this toggle switch is 0.

For example: If the four toggle switches are flipped to OFF, the communication address is 15; if the first
toggle switch is flipped to OFF and the other ones to ON, the communication address is 8; If the fourth
toggle switch is flipped to OFF and the other ones to ON, the communication address is 1.

BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit and Parity on hydrogen sensor can not be set, the default
setting is 9600, 8, 1 and None.
Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

----End

5.1.11.2 Creating a Hydrogen Sensor on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Sensor.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-67 shows these parameters, using the Sensor_HUAWEI_ZYT-HMU_MODBUS as an
example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-67 Configuration parameters of HUAWEI-ZYT-HMU-MODBUS

Table 5-36 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-37 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Assets Info
Model Device model.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance

5.1.12 Adding an Access Controller


5.1.12.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the A8802 or A8804 Access
Controller

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address planned for the access controller.
 The access controller has been connected to the switch.
 A PC with an IP address which is in the same network segment with that of the access
controller connects to the access controller over a switch.
 Obtain IPConfig.zip from http://www.tcs8000.com/a/fuwuzhichi/xiazaizhongxin/ and
decompress it to your PC.

Context
Before connecting the access controller to the NetEco, you need to set monitoring parameters,
such as the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway, for the access controller.

Procedure
Step 1 Switch the toggle switches 1 and 2 of the access controller to ON to restart the access
controller.
Step 2 Decompress the tool dedicated to modifying the access controller IP address and install it on a
PC.

Step 3 Click Start on the left corner of the PC, and click .

If the system displays the Windows security alert after you click , click Unblock.

Step 4 Click Search. The tool displays the searched access controller, as shown in Figure 5-68.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-68 Searching for the access controller IP address

Step 5 Choose a access controller, click IP Config to modify access controller parameters, as shown
in Figure 5-69.
 Device IP address: Enter the IP address planned for the access controller.
 Communication IP address: Enter the IP address of the NetEco server that the access
controller connects to.
 Subnet mask: Enter the subnet mask planned for the access controller.
 Gateway: Enter the gateway planned for the access controller.

Figure 5-69 Setting the access controller IP address

Step 6 Click OK.


Step 7 Switch the toggle switches 1 and 2 of the access controller to OFF to restart the access
controller.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.12.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the A8802RS or A8804RS Access


Controller

Prerequisites
 You have set Security Certificate Enable for the ECC500 V6 connected to the door
access controller A8802RS/A8804RS to Enable. For details, see 5.1.2.2.2 Setting
Pass-through Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector.
 When adding the RS485 access controller, set Connection model to Security protocol
in Channel management of NetEco.

Procedure
Step 1 Set the address of the access controller using the DIP toggle switches, as shown in Table 5-38.

Table 5-38 Setting the address of the access controller


Toggle Switch Address Value

Toggle switch 1: OFF; toggle switch 2: OFF Device address: 0

Step 2 The baud rate, data bit, stop bit, and check bit of the access controller are 19200 bps, 8, 1, and
none respectively, and do not need to be configured.
Step 3 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.12.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the NEWABEL CHD200G


Fingerprint Controller

Procedure
Step 1 The preset address of the NEWABEL CHD200G fingerprint controller is 1. The address does
not need to be set. When creating the device on the NetEco, set Device Address to 1.
----End

5.1.12.4 Creating an Access Controller on the NetEco


You can add a door access controller in the equipment room, container, or modular for
security management.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have the operation rights for Access Control Management.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Access Control from the main menu. The Access Control window is
displayed.
Step 2 Click Add on the Controllers tab page.
The Configuration Management page is displayed.
Step 3 Add an access controller to the Configuration Management page.
After an access controller is created successfully, you can view information about the access
controller in the access controller list, as show in Figure 5-70.

Figure 5-70 Checking the access controller information

After the access controller is added. To avoid the access controller initialization failure,
format the added access controller manually in the access controller list. For details, see
6.10.8 Formatting an Access Controller.

----End

5.1.12.5 Creating a NEWABEL CHD200G Fingerprint Controller on the


NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.
 An access controller has been created on the NetEco.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 For Type, choose Device from the first drop-down list box and choose Fingerprint
Controller from the second drop-down list box.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Click Bind AccessController and select an access controller to bind the fingerprint
controller.
Step 8 Specify parameters shown in Figure 5-71 in the right pane based on the following table.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-71 Set the parameters for an ambient temperature and humidity sensor.

Table 5-39 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 9 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 10 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-40 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.

Type Device type.


Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media Gateway Node ID of the med (Mediation) layer.

Protocol Type Protocol type of the device.

Bind AccessController

AccessController Access controller to which the fingerprint controller will be bound.


Door Passage When creating a fingerprint controller, you can select the doors that
have been bound to the door access controller so that the fingerprint
controller can be used to open the bound doors.
NOTE
Doors can be bound only when the fingerprint controller is bound with the
TycoSun door access controller.

Electricity Info

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Rated Power Rated power of the device, measured in kW.


The value cannot be modified.

Assets Info
Model Device model.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Number Serial number of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Installation Mode Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet
Build In, Ceiling installation, and Wall Build In.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


and Offline.

Status Info

Start Date of Use The start date for using the device.
Last Maintenance The last date for maintaining the device.

5.1.12.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an MS899 Electronic Door Lock


You do not need to set the monitoring parameters for an MS899 electronic door lock. Table
5-41 describes the default values.

Table 5-41 Monitoring parameters for an MS899 electronic door lock

Parameter Default Value Description

Device address 1 When creating an MS899 on


the NetEco, set Device
address to the same value.

BaudRate 9600 Set RS485 port parameters


for the collector based on
DataBit 8 the value of BaudRate,
StopBit 1 DataBit, StopBit, and
Parity of the device. For
Parity None CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Default Value Description


Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For
ECC collector settings, see
5.1.29.2 Setting RS485
Parameters for the ECC500
V6 Collector.

5.1.13 Setting SMS


This section describes how to set the interworking parameters of the SMS modem on the
NetEco. This ensures that the NetEco can communicate with the SMS modem properly and
the modem sends short messages to users properly.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 An SMS modem has been installed and commissioned.
 You have obtained the interworking parameters, such as the phone number for receiving
the notification, of the SMS modem from users.
 You have the operation rights for Set Notified Server.

Context

 You need to input calling number and Email for sending remote alarm notification. Therefore, you
are obligated to take considerable measures, in compliance with the laws of the countries concerned
and the user privacy policies of your company, to ensure that the personal data of users is fully
protected.
 Personal data such as phone numbers and Email addresses are anonymized in the NetEco GUI and
encrypted in the NetEco during batch data transmission to ensure data security.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose System > Set Notified Server from the main menu.
Step 2 In the navigation tree on the left, choose SMS Modem.
Step 3 Set interworking parameters of the SMS modem. For details, see Figure 5-72.

Figure 5-72 Setting interworking parameters of the SMS modem

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-42 Parameters of the SMS modem

Parameter Description

Network system of RAT of the SMS modem, for example, GSM and CDMA.
SMS modem

Serial port for Serial port for connecting the SMS modem on the server, for
connecting SMS example, COM1.
modem
SMS modem bound SMS modem bound rate provided in the SMS modem user manual.
rate

Mobile number for Phone number to which the short messages are sent.
receiving NOTE
notification Mobile number for receiving notification must be set according to the
following requirements:
1. A country code must be added preceding the calling number. For
example, if the subscriber is located in China, the entered calling number
is in the following format: 86 + Calling number.
2. If short messages are successfully sent but the subscriber does not receive
the short messages, you need to remove the country code.

Step 4 Click Apply to save the settings.

 Click Test to check the connection between the NetEco and the SMS modem.
 Click Reset to reset interworking parameters of the SMS modem.

----End

5.1.14 Adding a Smart Cooling Product


5.1.14.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an ACRD502 Smart Cooling
Product

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the ACRD502 smart cooling product is obtained.
 The ACRD502 smart cooling product is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the ACRD502 smart cooling product to the NetEco, set the IP address on
the smart cooling product.

Procedure
Step 1 Select Configure Network on the display panel for the ACRD502 smart cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 2 Select IP Address to set parameters, such as the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway,
for the smart cooling product. When creating an ACRD502 smart cooling product on the
NetEco, set IP Address to the same value.
----End

5.1.14.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PEX Smart Cooling Product


(over SNMP)

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the PEX smart cooling product is obtained.
 The PEX smart cooling product is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the PEX smart cooling product to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters,
such as the IP address for the TCP/IP card, on the smart cooling product.

Procedure
Step 1 For details about how to set parameters, see the user manual delivered with the PEX smart
cooling product.
----End

5.1.14.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PEX Smart Cooling Product


(over Modbus)

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the PEX smart cooling product is obtained.
 The PEX smart cooling product is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PEX smart cooling product to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters,
such as the device address and baud rate for the RS485 card, on the smart cooling product,
and then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the smart cooling product
to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the smart cooling
product are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 For details about how to set parameters, see the user manual delivered with the PEX smart
cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.4 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a CRV Smart Cooling Product

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the CRV smart cooling product is obtained.
 The CRV smart cooling product is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the CRV smart cooling product to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters,
such as the device address and baud rate, on the smart cooling product, and then modify the
port parameters for the collector connecting to the smart cooling product to ensure that the
values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the smart cooling product are
consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set monitoring parameters for the CRV smart cooling product by using the same method of
setting monitoring parameters for the PEX smart cooling product over Modbus. For details
about how to set parameters, see the user manual delivered with the CRV smart cooling
product.
Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.5 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a DataMate3000 Smart Cooling


Product

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the DataMate3000 smart cooling product is obtained.
 The DataMate3000 smart cooling product is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Context
Before connecting the DataMate3000 smart cooling product to the NetEco, set monitoring
parameters, such as the device address and baud rate, on the smart cooling product, and then
modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the smart cooling product to ensure
that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the smart cooling product are
consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the DataMate3000 smart cooling product, press Enter. On the
displayed password screen, enter the level 2 password for the DataMate3000 smart cooling
product.

The preset password is 0002. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to the
smart cooling product for the first time.

Step 2 Select the menu such as System menu.


Step 3 Select the menu such as System setting.
Step 4 Set communications parameters.

Table 5-43 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Monitor protocol The default protocol is YDN23.

Monitor address Indicates the actual address for the


DataMate3000 smart cooling product. The
devices with the same address cannot
connect to the same port. When creating a
DataMate3000 smart cooling product on the
NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

Monitor BaudRate The default baud rate is 19200. Set


BaudRate for the collector port to the same
value.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the
DataMate3000 smart cooling product
cannot be set on the WebUI. Their values
are 8, 1, and None respectively.

Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.14.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an AP0481H Smart Cooling


Product

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the AP0481H smart cooling product is obtained.
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the AP0481H smart cooling product to the NetEco, set monitoring
parameters, such as the device address and baud rate, on the smart cooling product. Then
modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the smart cooling product to ensure
that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the smart cooling product are
consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the cover of the smart cooling product controller.
Step 2 Set the device address of the smart cooling product by rotating button ADDRESS. For each
scale you rotate the button to the right, one is added to the address number. A maximum value
of 15 is supported by the address number.
Step 3 Set the baud rate of the smart cooling product by setting dual in-line package (DIP) switch
TEST. When toggle switches 3 and 4 are ON, the baud rate is 19200; when they are OFF, the
baud rate is 9600.

To obtain the default values for DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the smart cooling product, see the
delivered user manual.

Step 4 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an XR066C Smart Cooling


Product

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the device address planned for the XR066C smart cooling product.
 The XR066C smart cooling product is powered on.
 You have obtained the IP address and user name and password for logging in to the
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Context
Before connecting the XR066C to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the XR066C.
Then, modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the XR066C to ensure that
the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the XR066C are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Retain the default values. The default XR066C device address is 1. The default values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity are 9600, 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.8 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-C025

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol5000-C025 is obtained.
 The NetCol5000-C025 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol5000-C025, see
Figure 5-73 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-73 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol5000-C025 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol5000-C025, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol5000-C025 to ensure that the values of

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol5000-C025 are consistent with those
for the collector port.

Procedure

Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol5000-C025, press . On the displayed Enter
Password screen, enter the level 2 password for the NetCol5000-C025.

The preset password is 3100. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to the
NetCol5000-C025 for the first time.

Step 2 Press or to select numbers, and press to move to the next password
domain.

Step 3 Enter the password and press .

Step 4 Press or to move the cursor to Settings, and then press .

Step 5 Press or to move the cursor to Set Communication, and then press .
Step 6 Set communications parameters.

Table 5-44 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Protocol The default protocol is Modbus.


Baudrate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud
rate is 19200. Set BaudRate for the
collector port to the same value.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the
NetCol5000-C025 cannot be set on the
WebUI. Their values are 8, 1, and None
respectively.
Address Indicates the actual address for the
NetCol5000-C025. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol5000-C025 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

Step 7 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.14.9 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-C030

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol5000-C030 is obtained.
 The NetCol5000-C030 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol5000-C030, see
Figure 5-74 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-74 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
 It applies to ACC V100R001C00 and ACC V100R002C00.
 Before connecting the NetCol5000-C030 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such
as the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol5000-C030, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol5000-C030 to ensure that the values
of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol5000-C030 are consistent
with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol5000-C030, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol5000-C030, then press .

The NetCol5000-C030 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol5000-C030 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-45 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol5000-C030. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol5000-C030 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

The NetCol5000-C030 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.10 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-A020

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol5000-A020 is obtained.
 The NetCol5000-A020 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol5000-A020, see
Figure 5-75 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-75 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Context
Before connecting the NetCol5000-A020 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol5000-A020, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol5000-A020 to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol5000-A020 are consistent with those
for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol5000-A020, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol5000-A020, then press .

The NetCol5000-A020 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol5000-A020 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Table 5-46 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol5000-A020. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol5000-A020 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

The NetCol5000-A020 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.11 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol5000-A035

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol5000-A035 is obtained.
 The NetCol5000-A035 is powered on.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol5000-A035, see
Figure 5-76 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-76 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
 It applies to ACC V100R001C00 and ACC V100R002C00.
 Before connecting the NetCol5000-A035 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such
as the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol5000-A035, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol5000-A035 to ensure that the values
of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol5000-A035 are consistent
with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol5000-A035, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol5000-A035, then press .

The NetCol5000-A035 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol5000-A035 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Table 5-47 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol5000-A035. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol5000-A035 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
value.

Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

The NetCol5000-A035 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.12 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A050

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-A050 is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-A050 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-A050, see
Figure 5-77 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-77 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-A050 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-A050, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-A050 to ensure that the values of

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-A050 are consistent with those
for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol8000-A050, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol8000-A050, then press .

The NetCol8000-A050 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol8000-A050 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Table 5-48 Parameter description


Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol8000-A050. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol8000-A050 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

The NetCol8000-A050 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.13 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A100

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-A100 is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-A100 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-A100, see

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-78 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-78 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-A100 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-A100, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-A100 to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-A100 are consistent with those
for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol8000-A100, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol8000-A100, then press .

The NetCol8000-A100 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol8000-A100 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Table 5-49 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol8000-A100. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol8000-A100 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.
Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud
rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

The NetCol8000-A100 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.14 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C070

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-C070 is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-C070 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-C070, see
Figure 5-79 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-79 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-C070 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-C070, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-C070 to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-C070 are consistent with those
for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol8000-C070, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol8000-C070, then press .

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

The NetCol8000-C070 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol8000-C070 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Table 5-50 Parameter description


Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol8000-C070. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol8000-C070 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.
Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud
rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

The NetCol8000-C070 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.15 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C150

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-C150 is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-C150 is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-C150, see
Figure 5-80 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-80 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-C150 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-C150, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-C150 to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-C150 are consistent with those
for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the NetCol8000-C150, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the NetCol8000-C150, then press .

The NetCol8000-C150 preset user name is Admin, and the password is 000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the NetCol8000-C150 for the first time.

Step 3 Press Com Settings.


Step 4 Set Baud Rate and Com address.

Table 5-51 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Com address Indicates the actual address for the


NetCol8000-C150. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a NetCol8000-C150 on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

The NetCol8000-C150 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
default values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.16 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A020U

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-A020U is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-A020U is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-A020U, see
Figure 5-81 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-81 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-A020U to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-A020U, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-A020U to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-A020U are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU in the main window of the NetCol8000-A020U screen.

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Setting User Parameters and then press MENU.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 Press or to change the password and then press MENU.

The preset password of the NetCol8000-A020U is 022. To ensure security, change the password after
initial use.

Step 4 Press to move the cursor to Monitoring Baud Rate and then press MENU.
Step 5 Set Monitoring Baud Rate and then press CANCEL.
Monitoring Baud Rate is set to 19200 by default. Set BaudRate to the value specified in
this step in the subsequent operation.

Step 6 Press to move the cursor to Unit Monitoring Address and then press MENU.

Step 7 Press or to change the monitoring IP address and then press MENU.
Unit Monitoring Address is the device IP address. Note that IP addresses of the devices
connected to the same port of a collector cannot be the same when you type the device IP
addresses planned for the NetCol8000-A020U. When you create the NetCol8000-A020U on
the NetEco, type the preceding values in Device address.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the NetCol8000-A020U cannot be set on the GUI. The
default values are 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 8 Press CANCEL until you exit the initial window.
Step 9 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.17 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A030U

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-A030U is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-A030U is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-A030U, see
Figure 5-82 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-82 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-A030U to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-A030U, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-A030U to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-A030U are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU in the main window of the NetCol8000-A030U screen.

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Setting User Parameters and then press MENU.

Step 3 Press or to change the password and then press MENU.

The preset password of the NetCol8000-A030U is 022. To ensure security, change the password after
initial use.

Step 4 Press to move the cursor to Monitoring Baud Rate and then press MENU.
Step 5 Set Monitoring Baud Rate and then press CANCEL.
Monitoring Baud Rate is set to 19200 by default. Set BaudRate to the value specified in
this step in the subsequent operation.

Step 6 Press to move the cursor to Unit Monitoring Address and then press MENU.

Step 7 Press or to change the monitoring IP address and then press MENU.
Unit Monitoring Address is the device IP address. Note that IP addresses of the devices
connected to the same port of a collector cannot be the same when you type the device IP

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

addresses planned for the NetCol8000-A030U. When you create the NetCol8000-A030U on
the NetEco, type the preceding values in Device address.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the NetCol8000-A030U cannot be set on the GUI. The
default values are 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 8 Press CANCEL until you exit the initial window.
Step 9 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.18 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A040D

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-A040D is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-A040D is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-A040D, see
Figure 5-83 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-83 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-A040D to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-A040D, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-A040D to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-A040D are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU in the main window of the NetCol8000-A040D screen.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Setting User Parameters and then press MENU.

Step 3 Press or to change the password and then press MENU.

The preset password of the NetCol8000-A040D is 022. To ensure security, change the password after
initial use.

Step 4 Press to move the cursor to Monitoring Baud Rate and then press MENU.
Step 5 Set Monitoring Baud Rate and then press CANCEL.
Monitoring Baud Rate is set to 19200 by default. Set BaudRate to the value specified in
this step in the subsequent operation.

Step 6 Press to move the cursor to Unit Monitoring Address and then press MENU.

Step 7 Press or to change the monitoring IP address and then press MENU.
Unit Monitoring Address is the device IP address. Note that IP addresses of the devices
connected to the same port of a collector cannot be the same when you type the device IP
addresses planned for the NetCol8000-A040D. When you create the NetCol8000-A040D on
the NetEco, type the preceding values in Device address.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the NetCol8000-A040D cannot be set on the GUI. The
default values are 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 8 Press CANCEL until you exit the initial window.
Step 9 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.19 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-A060D

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-A060D is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-A060D is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-A060D, see
Figure 5-84 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-84 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-A060D to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-A060D, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-A060D to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-A060D are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU in the main window of the NetCol8000-A060D screen.

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Setting User Parameters and then press MENU.

Step 3 Press or to change the password and then press MENU.

The preset password of the NetCol8000-A060D is 022. To ensure security, change the password after
initial use.

Step 4 Press to move the cursor to Monitoring Baud Rate and then press MENU.
Step 5 Set Monitoring Baud Rate and then press CANCEL.
Monitoring Baud Rate is set to 19200 by default. Set BaudRate to the value specified in
this step in the subsequent operation.

Step 6 Press to move the cursor to Unit Monitoring Address and then press MENU.

Step 7 Press or to change the monitoring IP address and then press MENU.
Unit Monitoring Address is the device IP address. Note that IP addresses of the devices
connected to the same port of a collector cannot be the same when you type the device IP

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

addresses planned for the NetCol8000-A060D. When you create the NetCol8000-A060D on
the NetEco, type the preceding values in Device address.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the NetCol8000-A060D cannot be set on the GUI. The
default values are 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 8 Press CANCEL until you exit the initial window.
Step 9 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.20 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C030U

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-C030U is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-C030U is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-C030U, see
Figure 5-85 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Figure 5-85 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-C030U to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-C030U, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-C030U to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-C030U are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU in the main window of the NetCol8000-C030U screen.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Setting User Parameters and then press MENU.

Step 3 Press or to change the password and then press MENU.

The preset password of the NetCol8000-C030U is 022. To ensure security, change the password after
initial use.

Step 4 Press to move the cursor to Monitoring Baud Rate and then press MENU.
Step 5 Set Monitoring Baud Rate and then press CANCEL.
Monitoring Baud Rate is set to 19200 by default. Set BaudRate to the value specified in
this step in the subsequent operation.

Step 6 Press to move the cursor to Unit Monitoring Address and then press MENU.

Step 7 Press or to change the monitoring IP address and then press MENU.
Unit Monitoring Address is the device IP address. Note that IP addresses of the devices
connected to the same port of a collector cannot be the same when you type the device IP
addresses planned for the NetCol8000-C030U. When you create the NetCol8000-C030U on
the NetEco, type the preceding values in Device address.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the NetCol8000-C030U cannot be set on the GUI. The
default values are 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 8 Press CANCEL until you exit the initial window.
Step 9 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.21 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a NetCol8000-C150U

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the NetCol8000-C150U is obtained.
 The NetCol8000-C150U is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.
 For the smart cooling product models that match the NetCol8000-C150U, see
Figure 5-86 shows the naming rule for the smart cooling product.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-86 Naming rule for the smart cooling product

Context
Before connecting the NetCol8000-C150U to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the NetCol8000-C150U, and then modify the port
parameters for the collector connecting to the NetCol8000-C150U to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the NetCol8000-C150U are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU in the main window of the NetCol8000-C150U screen.

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Setting User Parameters and then press MENU.

Step 3 Press or to change the password and then press MENU.

The preset password of the NetCol8000-C150U is 022. To ensure security, change the password after
initial use.

Step 4 Press to move the cursor to Monitoring Baud Rate and then press MENU.
Step 5 Set Monitoring Baud Rate and then press CANCEL.
Monitoring Baud Rate is set to 19200 by default. Set BaudRate to the value specified in
this step in the subsequent operation.

Step 6 Press to move the cursor to Unit Monitoring Address and then press MENU.

Step 7 Press or to change the monitoring IP address and then press MENU.
Unit Monitoring Address is the device IP address. Note that IP addresses of the devices
connected to the same port of a collector cannot be the same when you type the device IP

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

addresses planned for the NetCol8000-C150U. When you create the NetCol8000-C150U on
the NetEco, type the preceding values in Device address.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity of the NetCol8000-C150U cannot be set on the GUI. The
default values are 8, 1, and None, respectively.
Step 8 Press CANCEL until you exit the initial window.
Step 9 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.14.22 Creating a Smart Cooling Product on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Smart Cooling Product.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-87 shows these parameters, using the Air
Conditioner_HUAWEI_NetCol5000_MODBUS as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-87 Configuration parameters of NetCol5000-C

Table 5-52 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-53 SNMP V1/V2 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV1 or SNMPV2 .

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.

Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).
Read Community Write down the read community of the device. (Set to public by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.
Write Community Write down the write community of the device. (Set to private by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-54 SNMP V3 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV3.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.

Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).
Security Name Write down the user name for SNMPv3 on the WebUI of the
device.

Authentication Write down the authentication protocol setting on the device. The
Protocol default selection is SHA.
Support SHA and MD5 agreement.

Authentication Write down the SHA or MD5 password setting on the device.
Password NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Privacy Protocol Write down the privacy protocol setting on the device. The default
selection is AES.
Support AES and CBC_DES agreement.
Privacy Password Write down the AES or DES password setting on the device.
NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-55 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Protocol type of the device.
Type The value cannot be modified.
Read Permission to read the device.
Community Modifying community per three months is advised.

Write Permission to write the device.


Community Modifying community per three months is advised.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).


Electricity Info

Rated Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


Power The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
Mode
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufactur Manufacturer of the device.


er The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperatur Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
e Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build
Mode In, Wall Build In, and Ceiling installation.

Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info

Start Date The start date for using the device.


of Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenanc
e
Extended Info

Rated Rated Cooling Capacity of the device.


Cooling
Capacity

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.15 Adding a UPS


5.1.15.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a HIPULSE U UPS

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the HIPULSE U UPS is obtained. UPS stands for
uninterruptible power system.
 The HIPULSE U UPS is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the HIPULSE U UPS to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the UPS, and then modify the port parameters for the
collector connecting to the UPS to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and
Parity on the UPS are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the main menu of the display panel of the HIPULSE U UPS, press F1 to move the cursor
to the menu in the first row.
Step 2 Press F2 and F3 to select the menu such as Function setting.
Step 3 Press F1 to move the cursor to the UPS data window.
Step 4 Press F2 and F3 to select the menu such as Serial interface 1 BaudRate setting, and then
press F4.

 If the Modbus card is inserted into Intellislot 2 or Intellislot 3, select the menu such as Serial
interface 2 BaudRate setting or Serial interface 3 BaudRate setting.
 DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the HIPULSE U UPS cannot be set on the WebUI. Their values are
8, 1, and None respectively.

Step 5 Press F2 and F3 to enter the baud rate. Set BaudRate for the collector port to the same value.
Step 6 Press F4.
Step 7 Set the device address, by using the same method. The device address is also the one planned
for the HIPULSE U UPS. The devices with the same address cannot connect to the same port.
When creating a HIPULSEU UPS on the NetEco, set Device address to the same value.
Step 8 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.15.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Galaxy7000 UPS

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the Galaxy7000 UPS is obtained. UPS stands for
uninterruptible power system.
 The Galaxy7000 UPS is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the Galaxy7000 UPS to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the
IP address, on the UPS.

Procedure
Step 1 For details about how to set parameters, see the operation manual delivered with the UPS.
----End

5.1.15.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Delta 120 kVA UPS

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for Delta 120 kVA UPS is obtained. UPS stands for
uninterruptible power system.
 Delta 120 kVA UPS is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting Delta 120 kVA UPS to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the
device address and baud rate, on the UPS, and then modify the port parameters for the
collector connecting to the UPS to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and
Parity on the UPS are consistent with those for the collector port. Set parameters for Delta
120 kVA UPS by using the dual in-line package (DIP) switch on the UPS.

Procedure
Step 1 For details about how to set parameters, see the monitoring card operation manual delivered
with the UPS.
Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.15.4 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Riello UPS

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the Riello UPS is obtained. UPS stands for uninterruptible
power system.
 The Riello UPS is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the Riello UPS to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the IP
address, on the UPS.

Procedure
Step 1 For details about how to set parameters, see the operation manual delivered with the UPS.
----End

5.1.15.5 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS2000-G (over SNMP)

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway planned for the
UPS2000-G. UPS stands for uninterruptible power system.
 The UPS2000-G is powered on.

Context
 Before connecting UPS2000-G to NetEco, you should set the IP address on the
UPS2000-G, add user and set permissions on the Web of UPS2000-G.
 UPSs have various versions, for which UPS WebUIs may differ. Perform operations
based on the actual WebUI.
 The encryption algorithm used by the UPS2000-G for the SNMPv3 protocol is risky, and
therefore it needs to be used with caution.

Procedure
Step 1 Setting the IP address on the UPS2000-G.

1. Press next to UPS2000-G screen.


2. Press , select Settings.
3. Press , input password.

The preset password is 000001. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to
the coulometer for the first time.
4. Press , select Communication card.
5. Press to enter the IP address setting.
6. Press , set the value size by and .

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

7. Press and move the cursor to Sub mask and Default GW, set Sub mask and
Default GW by using the same as the preceding steps.
8. Press ESC to exit.
Step 2 Adding user and setting permissions on the Web of UPS2000-G.
1. Enter the UPS2000-G IP address set in step1 on a PC browser, the PC IP address must be
in the same network segment as the UPS2000-G IP address, press Enter.
2. Input User Name and Password of UPS2000-G, click Login.

The UPS2000-G preset user name is admin, and the password is000001, please change the password
after you logging at the first time for the system security.
3. Select Configure.
4. Select SNMPv3 as SNMP version, enter 161 for SNMP port, as shown in Figure 5-88.

Figure 5-88 Setting SNMPV3 parameters

5. Select Add in SNMP.

Figure 5-89 Setting SNMPV3 parameters (02)

6. Input the User Name, MD5 password and DES password, set Permission to Write,
click Add.
Please record the User Name, MD5 password and DES password for using when
creating UPS2000-G on NetEco .

You are advised to set MD5 Password and DES Password to different values.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-90 Setting SNMPV3 parameters (03)

7. Click Add in SNMP Trap and Permission Settings.

Figure 5-91 Setting SNMPV3 parameters (04)

8. Input the NetEco server IP address in NMS addr, set Permission to Write, write 162 in
Trap port, click Add.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-92 Setting SNMPV3 parameters (05)

9. click Submit.
----End

5.1.15.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS2000 (over Modbus)

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address and user name and password for logging in to the
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the UPS2000 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the UPS2000.
Then, modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the UPS2000 to ensure that
the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the UPS2000 are consistent with
those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set the UPS2000 device address using the DIP switch S2 on the optional Modbus card.
Toggles 1 to 8 of DIP switch S2 specify the device address in binary mode. ON indicates 1,
and OFF indicates 0. Table 5-56 shows an example of the address settings.

Table 5-56 Mapping between device addresses and Modbus card DIP switch settings
Device Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle
Addre Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch
ss 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Device Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle Toggle


Addre Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch Switch
ss 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2 ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON
3 OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON

4 ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON

Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the UPS2000, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity are 9600, 8, 1, and
None, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter values prevail.

----End

5.1.15.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS5000-A (30 kVA-120 kVA)

Prerequisites
 The IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway planned for the UPS5000-A has been
obtained. UPS stands for uninterruptible power system.
 The UPS5000-A is powered on.

Context
 Before connecting the UPS5000-A to the NetEco, you should set the IP address on the
UPS5000-A, add user and set permissions on the Web of the UPS5000-A.
 UPSs have various versions, for which UPS WebUIs may differ. Perform operations
based on the actual WebUI.
 The encryption algorithm used by the UPS5000-A for the SNMPv3 protocol is risky, and
therefore it needs to be used with caution.

Procedure
Step 1 Setting the IP address on the UPS5000-A.

1. Press next to the UPS5000-A screen.


2. Press and select Settings.
3. Press and enter the password.

The preset password is 000001. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to
the UPS5000-A for the first time.
4. Press and select Communication.
5. Press to enter the IP address setting.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 248


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

6. When the cursor lingers at IP address, press . Set Allocation to Manual and set
parameters for IP address, Subn. mask, and Gateway by using and .
7. Press ESC to exit.
Step 2 Adding user and setting permissions on the Web of UPS5000-A.
1. Enter the UPS5000-A IP address set in step1 on a PC browser. The PC IP address must
be in the same network segment as the UPS5000-A IP address. Press Enter.
2. Enter User Name and Password of the UPS5000-A, and click Login.

The UPS5000-A preset user name is admin, and the password is 000001. Change the password after you
logging in for the first time for system security.
3. Select Config. > Site Config..
4. Select SNMPv3 as SNMP version in SNMP, and enter 161 for SNMP port, as shown
in Figure 5-93.

Figure 5-93 Setting SNMPV3 parameters

5. Select Add in SNMP, as shown in Figure 5-94.

Figure 5-94 Setting SNMPV3 parameters (02)

6. Enter User Name, MD5 password and DES password.


Please record the User Name, MD5 password and DES password parameters for using
when creating UPS5000-A on the NetEco.

You are advised to set MD5 Password and DES Password to different values.
7. Click Add in SNMP Trap.

Figure 5-95 Setting SNMPV3 parameters (03)

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 249


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

8. Enter the NetEco server IP address in Trap addr. and write 162 in Trap port.
9. Click Submit.
----End

5.1.15.8 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS5000-E

Prerequisites
 The IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway planned for the UPS5000-E has been
obtained.
 The UPS5000-E is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the UPS5000-E to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the IP
address for the TCP/IP card, on the smart cooling product.

Procedure
Step 1 Set the IP address for the UPS5000-E.
1. On the display panel of the UPS5000-E, press Settings.

2. Enter the administrators password for the UPS5000-E, then press .

The UPS5000-E preset user name is admin, and the password is000001. To protect the access security,
change the password after logging in to the UPS5000-E for the first time.
3. Press the menu such as Communicate.
4. Set IP address, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway.
Step 2 Add a user and set user rights on the web user interface (WebUI) of the UPS5000-E.
The way of adding a user and setting user rights for the UPS5000-E is the same as that for the
UPS5000-A. See 5.1.15.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS5000-A (30 kVA-120
kVA).
----End

5.1.15.9 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a UPS8000-D

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway planned for the
UPS8000-D.
 The UPS8000-D is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the UPS8000-D to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the IP
address for the SNMP card, on the UPS8000-D.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 250


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 For detailed setting operations, refer to RMS-SNMP02B User Manual (V100R001_03)
obtained from http://support.huawei.com.
----End

5.1.15.10 Creating a UPS on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.

For the all-in-one UPS cabinet UPS_HUAWEI_UPS5000E_V1R1C08_SNMP, you need to create a


Cabinet management domain in the equipment room.

Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Collector.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

For the all-in-one UPS cabinet, you need to select UPS_HUAWEI_UPS5000E_V1R1C08_SNMP and
add other devices (such as the ATS and power meter) in the all-in-one UPS cabinet to this cabinet.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-96 shows these parameters, using the UPS_HUAWEI_UPS5000A-400–500kVA_SNMP
as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 251


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-96 Configuration parameters of UPS5000A

Table 5-57 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 252


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-58 SNMP V1/V2 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV1 or SNMPV2 .

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.

Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).

Read Community Write down the read community of the device. (Set to public by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Write Community Write down the write community of the device. (Set to private by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-59 SNMP V3 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV3.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.


Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).

Security Name Write down the user name for SNMPv3 on the WebUI of the
device.
Authentication Write down the authentication protocol setting on the device. The

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 253


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Protocol default selection is SHA.
Support SHA and MD5 agreement.

Authentication Write down the SHA or MD5 password setting on the device.
Password NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Privacy Protocol Write down the privacy protocol setting on the device. The default
selection is AES.
Support AES and CBC_DES agreement.

Privacy Password Write down the AES or DES password setting on the device.
NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-60 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

Management Attribution
Parent Management domain of the device.
Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 254


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info
Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.
The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.
Airflow A total of five airflow types, such as the Front to Rear, Bottom to Top,
Type Side Left to Side Right, Side Right to Side Left and Front to Top.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic floor installation,


Mode Cement floor installation, Floor Build In, Cabinet Build In, and Wall
Build In.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.
Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended Info

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 255


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Rated Output Rated output power of the device.


Power

5.1.16 Adding a PDU


5.1.16.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PDU8000

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the PDU8000 is obtained.
 The PDU8000 is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the PDU8000 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as Serial
port baud rate and Serial port address.

Procedure
Step 1 On the display panel of the PDU8000, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the PDU8000, then press .

The PDU8000 preset user name is admin, and the password is000001. To protect the access security,
change the password after logging in to the PDU8000 for the first time.

Step 3 Click Communication.


Set Serial port baud rate and Serial port address.

Table 5-61 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Serial port baud rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud
rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the
PDU8000 cannot be set on the WebUI.
Their values are 8, 1, and None
respectively.

Serial port address Indicates the device address planned for the
PDU8000. The devices with the same
address cannot connect to the same port.
When creating a PDU8000 on the NetEco,
set Device address to the same value.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 256


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 4 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.16.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PDU8000 (over SNMP)

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address planned for the PDU8000.
 The PDU8000 is powered on.

Context
Before connecting the PDU8000 to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the IP
address, subnet mask, and gateway, on the PDU8000.

Procedure
Step 1 Tap Settings on the PDU8000 home screen.

Step 2 Enter the PDU8000 password and tap on the screen.

The preset user name and password for the PDU8000 are respectively admin and 000001. To ensure
access security, change the password upon first login.

Step 3 Tap Communication.


Set IP address, Subnet mask, and Gateway as planned.
----End

5.1.16.3 Setting AVR Monitoring Parameters

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the AVR to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the AVR. Then
modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the AVR to ensure that the values
of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the AVR are consistent with those for the
collector port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 257


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Set parameters for the collector RS485 port based on the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity. For details about how to set parameters for a CCU, see 5.1.29.1 Setting
RS485 Parameters for the CCU Collector. For details about how to set parameters for an ECC,
see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the AVR, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device address are 9600,
8, 1, None, and 1, respectively.

----End

5.1.16.4 Creating a PDU on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Collector.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-97 shows these parameters, using the HUAWEI-PDC-0630ACV4INA as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-97 Configuring parameters of PDC

Step 8 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-62 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.
Object Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value cannot be modified.

Power Input Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
Number the drop-down list box.

Assets Info
Device Device model.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Model The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

Total Total Number of U of the device.


Number of U The value cannot be modified.
SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic floor installation,


Type and Cement floor installation.

Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended Info

Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.


Power

5.1.17 Adding a Coulometer


5.1.17.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a YD2010 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the YD2010 coulometer is obtained.
 The YD2010 coulometer is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the YD2010 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the coulometer, and then modify the port parameters for
the collector connecting to the coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Hold down SYS for 3 seconds on the right of the human machine interface (HMI) screen of
the YD2010 coulometer to enter the menu screen of the HMI system.
Step 2 Tap Settings in the middle of the touchscreen to enter the Configure screen.
Step 3 Tap COM3 on the right to enter the parameter setting screen for COM3.
Step 4 Tap the up-arrow key or down-arrow key to move the cursor, and tap + and - to set
communications parameters.

Table 5-63 Parameter description

Parameter Description

COM Mode Indicates the communications mode. The


default communications mode is RS485. If
the value displayed is not RS485, change it
to RS485.

Baud Rate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

Stop Bits Indicates the stop bit. The default value is 1


and no change is required.

Data Bits Indicates the data bit. The default value is 8


and no change is required.

Parity Bits Indicates the parity bit. The default value is


None and no change is required.
Comm. Delay (ms) Indicates the communication delay. The
default value is 10 and no change is
required.
Comm. Timeout (ms) Indicates the communication timeout. The
default value is 500 and no change is
required.
Comm. Retry Times Indicates the times of resending caused by
communication interruption. The default
value is 3 and no change is required.
Comm. HMI Station Indicates the communications address,
namely the device address, for the HMI

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
screen. The device address is also the one
planned for the YD2010 coulometer. The
devices with the same address cannot
connect to the same port. When creating a
YD2010 coulometer on the NetEco, set
Device address to the same value.

Step 5 Tap Save&Quit and then Quit to save the settings and exit.
Step 6 Tap Quit to return to the home screen.
Step 7 Tap Run. The YD2010 coulometer restarts.
Step 8 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.17.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PD800 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the PD800 coulometer is obtained.
 The PD800 coulometer is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PD800 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the coulometer, and then modify the port parameters for
the collector connecting to the coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press SET on the display panel of the PD800 coulometer and enter the correct password.

The preset password is 0001. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to the
coulometer for the first time.

Step 2 Tap .
Step 3 On the bUS menu, set communications parameters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-64 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Addr Indicates the device address planned for the


PD800 coulometer. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a PD800 coulometer on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.

bAUd Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.
DAtA Indicates the data format. The default value
is N.8.1 and no change is required. The
default value means no parity bit exists, the
data bit is 8, and the stop bit is 1.

Len Indicates the Modbus format. The default


value is 2 and no change is required.

Step 4 If the NetEco displays SAvE.ALL when you are exiting after setting parameters, tap Yes to
save the modification.
Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.17.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PD510 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the PD510 coulometer is obtained.
 The PD510 coulometer is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PD510 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the coulometer, and then modify the port parameters for
the collector connecting to the coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press PROG on the display panel of the PD510 coulometer and enter the correct password.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

The preset password is 1000. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to the
coulometer for the first time.

Step 2 Press ENTER.


Step 3 SyS is displayed. Then press ENTER.
Step 4 Set communications parameters.

Table 5-65 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Addr Indicates the device address planned for the


PD510 coulometer. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a PD510 coulometer on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same
value.
bAUd Indicates the baud rate. The default baud
rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.

DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the PD510 coulometer cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
values are 8, 1, and None respectively.
Step 5 After the modification, press PROG to return to the home page.
Step 6 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.17.4 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a DIRISA20 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the DIRISA20 coulometer is obtained.
 The DIRISA20 coulometer is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the DIRISA20 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such
as the device address and baud rate, on the coulometer, and then modify the port parameters
for the collector connecting to the coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 264


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Press PROG for 3 seconds on the display panel for the DIRISA20 coulometer.
Step 2 The system prompts you to enter the password, input the password by pressing and .

The preset password is 100. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to the
DIRISA20 for the first time.

Step 3 Press OK.


Step 4 Press . When Adr is displayed, set the device address by pressing and . When
creating a DIRISA20 coulometer on the NetEco, set Device address to the same value. Then
press OK.
Step 5 Press . When bds is displayed, set the baud rate by pressing and . Set BaudRate for
the collector port to the same value. Then press OK.

Step 6 Press . When PAr is displayed, set the parity bit by pressing and . Set Parity for the
collector port to the same value. Then press OK.
Step 7 Press . When stop is displayed, set the parity bit by pressing and . Set StopBit for
the collector port to the same value. Then press OK.

DataBit of the DIRISA20 coulometer cannot be set on the WebUI. Its value is 8.

Step 8 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.17.5 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PM 710 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the PM 710 coulometer is obtained.
 The PM 710 coulometer has been powered on and is running properly.
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PM 710 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as
the device address and baud rate, on the coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the
collector connecting to the coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity on the coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 On the coulometer home screen, tap the button under until DIAGN is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 265


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 2 Tap the button under Maintenance.


Step 3 Enter the password and then tap OK.

The preset password is 0000. To ensure the access security, change the password after initial login to the
NetEco6000.

Step 4 Tap the button under until COM is displayed. Then tap the button under COM.
Step 5 Set the values of ADDR, Baud, and Par.

The values of DataBit and StopBit cannot be set on the WebUI. Their default values are 8 and 1,
respectively.

Step 6 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.17.6 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a ABB Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the ABB coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the ABB
coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the ABB
coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the ABB
coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the ABB coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device
address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter
values prevail.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 266


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.17.7 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PZ80L-E4KC Coulometer

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address and user name and password for logging in to the
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PZ80L-E4KC coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on
the PZ80L-E4KC coulometer. Then, modify the port parameters for the collector connecting
to the PZ80L-E4KC coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit,
and Parity on the PZ80L-E4KC coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the PZ80L-E4KC coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and
Device address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual
parameter values prevail.

----End

5.1.17.8 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a KeluMeter Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the KeluMeter coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
KeluMeter coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the
KeluMeter coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity
on the KeluMeter coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 267


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

For the KeluMeter coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device
address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter
values prevail.

----End

5.1.17.9 Setting Monitoring Parameters for PMAC625 and PMAC720


Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PMAC625 and PMAC720 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring
parameters on the PMAC625 and PMAC720 coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for
the collector connecting to the PMAC625 and PMAC720 coulometer to ensure that the values
of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the PMAC625 and PMAC720 coulometer are
consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the PMAC625 and PMAC720 coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit,
Parity, and Device address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the
actual parameter values prevail.

----End

5.1.17.10 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PD194Z Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PD194Z coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
PD194Z coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 268


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

PD194Z coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on
the PD194Z coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the PD194Z coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device
address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter
values prevail.

----End

5.1.17.11 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a SepamT20 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the SepamT20 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
SepamT20 coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the
SepamT20 coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity
on the SepamT20 coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the SepamT20 coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device
address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter
values prevail.

----End

5.1.17.12 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a IG-NT Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 269


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the IG-NT coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
IG-NT coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the IG-NT
coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the
IG-NT coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the IG-NT coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device
address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter
values prevail.

----End

5.1.17.13 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PM5350 Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the PM5350 coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
PM5350 coulometer. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the
PM5350 coulometer to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on
the PM5350 coulometer are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the PM5350 coulometer, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device
address are 9600, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively. If the parameters are changed, the actual parameter
values prevail.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 270


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.17.14 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a HUAWEI Coulometer

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the HUAWEI coulometer is obtained.
 The MDU of the PDU8000 is powered on.

Context
 Before connecting the HUAWEI coulometer to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters,
such as Serial port baud rate and Serial port address.
 The operation in this section applies to coulometers of the following models: Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Dual-1Phase_MODBUS, Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Dual-3Phase_MODBUS, Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Single-1Phase_MODBUS, Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Single-3Phase_MODBUS, Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Tran-1Phase_MODBUS, and Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Tran-3Phase_MODBUS.

Procedure
Step 1 On the MDU display panel of the PDU8000, press Settings.

Step 2 Enter the administrators password for the HUAWEI coulometer, then press .

The HUAWEI coulometer preset user name is admin, and the password is000001. To protect the access
security, change the password after logging in to the HUAWEI coulometer for the first time.

Step 3 Click Communication.


Set modbus baudrate and modbus ID.

Table 5-66 Parameter description


Parameter Description

modbus baudrate Indicates the baud rate. The default baud


rate is 9600. Set BaudRate for the collector
port to the same value.
DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the
HUAWEI coulometer cannot be set on the
WebUI. Their values are 8, 1, and None
respectively.

modbus ID Indicates the device address planned for the


HUAWEI coulometer. The devices with the
same address cannot connect to the same
port. When creating a HUAWEI coulometer
on the NetEco, set Device address to the
same value.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 271


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 4 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.17.15 Creating a Power Meter on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.

The meter modes is: Dual-1 Phase, Dual-3 Phase, Single-1 Phase, Single-3 Phase, Tran-1
Phase and Tran-3 Phase. Please select the meter model before adding the actual meter.
 Dual-1 Phase: Dual-1 Phase
 Dual-3 Phase: Dual-3 Phase
 Single-1 Phase: Single-1 Phase
 Single-3 Phase: Single-3 Phase
 Tran-1 Phase: One-phase transformer
 Tran-3 Phase: Three-phase transformer

Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Power Meter.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-98 shows these parameters, using the Power
Meter_HUAWEI_MDU-Dual-1Phase_MODBUS as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 272


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-98 Configuration parameters of meter

Table 5-67 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 273


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-68 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 274


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

SN Device number
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic floor installation,
Mode and Cement floor installation.

Location Location of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

5.1.18 Adding an Relay


5.1.18.1 Setting Parameters for a Sepam Series 10 VCB

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the VCB to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the VCB. Then
modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the VCB to ensure that the values
of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the VCB are consistent with those for the
collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set parameters for the collector RS485 port based on the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity. For details about how to set parameters for a CCU, see 5.1.29.1 Setting
RS485 Parameters for the CCU Collector. For details about how to set parameters for an ECC,
see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 275


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

For the VCB, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device address are 19200,
8, 1, EVEN, and 1, respectively.

----End

5.1.18.2 Creating a Relay on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Relay.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-99 shows these parameters, using the Schneider_Sepam20_MODBUS as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 276


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-99 Configuration parameters of relay

Table 5-69 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 277


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Related Information

Table 5-70 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type
The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,
Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 278


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Mode In, Wall Build In, and Ceiling installation.

Location Location of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

5.1.19 Adding an Transformer


5.1.19.1 Creating a Transformer on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Transformer.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-100 shows these parameters, using the Codasun_SWY-IV_TELCOM as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 279


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-100 Configuration parameters of relay

Table 5-71 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 280


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Related Information

Table 5-72 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type
The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,
Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 281


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Mode In, Wall Build In, and Ceiling installation.

Location Location of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Wire Type Wire type of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance

5.1.20 Adding an ATS


5.1.20.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for an ABB OTM ATS

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for ABB OTM ATS is obtained. ATS stands for AC transfer
switch.
 ABB OTM ATS is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting ABB OTM ATS to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the
device address and baud rate, on the ATS, and then modify the port parameters for the
collector connecting to the ATS to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and
Parity on the ATS are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure

Step 1 On the display panel of ABB OTM ATS, press .

Step 2 Press to move the cursor to Device Configuration.

Step 3 Press .

Step 4 Enter the password and press .

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 282


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

The preset password is 0001. To protect the access security, change the password after logging in to the
ATS for the first time.

Step 5 Press to move the cursor to Modbus.

Step 6 Press to enter the Modbus parameter setting screen to set communications parameters.
 Modbus Address: Indicates the device address for ABB OTM ATS. The devices with
the same address cannot connect to the same port. When creating an ABB OTM ATS on
the NetEco, set Device address to the same value.
 Modbus Band Rate: Indicates the baud rate. Set BaudRate for the collector port to the
same value.
 Modbus Stop Bits: Indicates the stop bit. Set StopBit for the collector port to the same
value.
 Modbus Parity: Indicates the parity bit. Set Parity for the collector port to the same
value.

DataBit of ABB OTM ATS cannot be set on the WebUI. Its value is 8.

Step 7 Press ESC to return to the home screen.


Step 8 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.20.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a TU520A ATS

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the TU520A ATS is obtained. ATS stands for AC transfer
switch.
 The TU520A ATS is powered on.
 The IP address, user name, and password for logging in to the collector are obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector is prepared, and
the PC connects to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the TU520A ATS to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the TU520A
ATS, and then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the TU520A ATS to
ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the TU520A ATS are
consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Hold down for 2 seconds on the display panel of the TU520A ATS.
Step 2 Press . The menu such as 1.System parameter is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 283


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 Press , and then . The menu such as 1.Address is displayed, which is also the device
address.
Step 4 Press and then or . The system prompts you to enter the password. You can modify
the device address after entering the password. The devices with the same address cannot
connect to the same port. When creating a TU520A ATS on the NetEco, set Device address
to the same value.

 The preset password is . To protect the access security, change the password after logging in
to the ATS for the first time.
 BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity for the TU520A ATS cannot be set on the WebUI. Their
values are 9600, 8, 1, and None respectively.

Step 5 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.20.3 Creating a ATS on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select ATS/STS.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-101 shows these parameters, using the ATS-STS_ABB_OTM125E4C8D220C_MODBUS
as an example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 284


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-101 Configuration parameters of ATS

Table 5-73 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 285


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-74 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Med Node nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol version of the device.


Version
Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value cannot be modified.
Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 286


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Rack 19 inch, Rack 21 inch,
Mode and Rack 23 inch.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended Info

Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.


Power

5.1.21 Adding a TP483000D


5.1.21.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for TP483000D

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for TP483000D is obtained.
 TP483000D has been powered on and is running properly.

Context
Before connecting TP483000D to the NetEco, set the IP address on the large-capacity power
system.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Setting Wizard > Comm Para on the TP483000D WebUI.
Step 2 Set IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway based on the planned data.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 287


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

----End

5.1.21.2 Creating a TP483000D on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select PDU.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-102 shows these parameters, using the PDU_HUAWEI_TP483000D_SNMP as an
example.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 288


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-102 Configuration parameters of TP483000D

Table 5-75 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 289


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-76 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.
Context The context of the managed object name.
Name

Context Managed object context engine.


Engine ID

Med Node nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


The value cannot be modified.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 290


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Electricity Info
Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Location Location of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic floor installation,
Mode and Cement floor installation.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.
Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance
Extended Info

Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.


Power

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 291


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.22 Adding a RPDU


5.1.22.1 Setting RPDU_HUAWEI_PDU2000-32-1PH-20-4-M2 Monitoring
Parameters

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (factory default: 192.168.1.45) of the PDU2000.
 You have installed the hardware and powered on the PDU2000.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as that of the PDU2000 is
prepared, and the PC has connected to the PDU2000 over a switch.
 You have obtained the planned IP address and subnet mask of the PDU2000.

Context
Set the PDU2000 IP address before you connect the PDU2000 to the NetEco.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC with an IP address in the same network segment as that of the PDU2000. Enter
http://192.168.1.45 in the address bar, and press Enter on the keyboard.
Step 2 Enter monitoring parameters of the PDU2000. For the input method, see Table 5-77. For
parameters not mentioned in the table, retain the default value.

Table 5-77 Remarks

Parameter Setting Method

IP address Enter the planned PDU2000 IP address.


Subnet mask Enter the planned PDU2000 subnet mask.

Gateway Enter the planned PDU2000 gateway.

Address reporting the SNMP Enter the IP address of the NetEco the
PDU2000 connects to.

----End

5.1.22.2 Setting Monitoring Parameters for HPXPDU2000-16-3PH-24-6-M1

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the device address planned for the PDU2000.
 The PDU2000 is connected to the collector, and digits are displayed on the LCD.
 You have obtained the collector IP address and login user name and password.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 292


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Context
Before connecting the PDU2000 to the NetEco, set its device address and then modify the
port parameters for the collector connecting to the PDU2000 to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on it are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Press MENU on the PDU2000 display panel.

Step 2 Press UP until is displayed and ADD blinks.

Step 3 Press MENU, is displayed, and 01 blinks. The current device address is 01.
Step 4 Press UP or DOWN to select the device address value.
Step 5 Press MENU to confirm the setting.

 If is displayed, the setting succeeds.

 If is displayed, the setting fails. Reset the parameter.

The PDU2000 BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity cannot be set on the WebUI. Their values are
9600, 8, 1, and None respectively.

Step 6 Press Button. is displayed. Then press MENU to exit.


Step 7 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for the
ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.22.3 Creating a RPDU on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 293


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select RPDU.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to Table 5-79, Figure 5-103
shows these parameters, using the RPDU_HUAWEI_PDU2000-32-1PH-20/4-M2 as an
example.

Figure 5-103 Configuration parameters of PDU2000-32-1PH-20-4-M2

Table 5-78 SNMP V1/V2 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV1 or SNMPV2 .

Parameter Description

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 294


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.

Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).
Read Community Write down the read community of the device. (Set to public by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Write Community Write down the write community of the device. (Set to private by
default).
Modifying community per three months is advised.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-79 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Table 5-80 SNMP V3 device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is SNMPV3.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the device.


Port Write down the port corresponding to the device (Set to 161 by
default).

Security Name Write down the user name for SNMPv3 on the WebUI of the
device.
Authentication Write down the authentication protocol setting on the device. The

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 295


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Protocol default selection is SHA.
Support SHA and MD5 agreement.

Authentication Write down the SHA or MD5 password setting on the device.
Password NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Privacy Protocol Write down the privacy protocol setting on the device. The default
selection is AES.
Support AES and CBC_DES agreement.

Privacy Password Write down the AES or DES password setting on the device.
NOTE
You are advised to set Authentication Password and Privacy Password to
different values.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-81 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

Management Attribution
Parent Management domain of the device.
Object

Type Device type.


Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media node Id of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 296


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value cannot be modified.
Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Voltage Voltage type of the device, including 110, 220, and 380.
Type

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Airflow A total of five airflow types, such as the Front to Rear, Bottom to Top,
Type Side Left to Side Right, Side Right to Side Left and Front to Top.
Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build
Mode In,Ceiling installation,Wall Build In.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended Info
Rated Power Rated Power Capacity of the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 297


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Capacity

5.1.23 Adding a Battery Monitoring Unit


5.1.23.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a Battery Monitoring Unit

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the battery monitoring unit is obtained.
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the battery monitoring unit to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
battery monitoring unit. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the
battery monitoring unit to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity
on the battery monitoring unit are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set the device address through the DIP switch on the battery monitoring unit.
The device IP address of a battery monitor unit has an offset of 112. Therefore, you need to
add 112 to the set device IP address when typing this IP address in the NetEco system.

For the battery monitoring unit, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity are 9600,
8, 2, and None, respectively.

Step 2 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.23.2 Creating a Battery Monitoring Unit on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 298


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select the device type.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-104 shows these parameters, using the
Collector_XinRuiDA_XinRuiDAbat2.5_MODBUS as an example.

Figure 5-104 XinRuiDa battery monitoring unit configuration parameters

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 299


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-82 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-83 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.


The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.
Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.
Gateway The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Protocol type of the device.
Type The value cannot be modified.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 300


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Wall Build In and Ceiling
Mode Installation.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.
Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

Extended Info

Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.


Power

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 301


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.24 Adding a PREAIR-HT-901 Dehumidifier


5.1.24.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a PREAIR-HT-901 Dehumidifier

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the dehumidifier to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the
dehumidifier. Then modify the port parameters for the collector connecting to the
dehumidifier to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the
dehumidifier are consistent with those for the collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Set parameters for the collector RS485 port based on the values of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity. For details about how to set parameters for a CCU, see 5.1.29.1 Setting
RS485 Parameters for the CCU Collector. For details about how to set parameters for an ECC,
see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector.

For the dehumidifier, the default values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, Parity, and Device address
are 19200, 8, 1, None, and 1, respectively.

----End

5.1.24.2 Creating a DeHumidifier on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 302


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select DeHumidifier.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-105 shows these parameters, using the
DeHumidifier_Hongtai_PREAIR-HT901_MODBUS as an example.

Figure 5-105 Configuration parameters of PREAIR-HT901

Table 5-84 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 303


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.

Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-85 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Med Node nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.
Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Electricity Info
Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.
The value cannot be modified.

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 304


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.
r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Location Location of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Rack 19 inch, Rack 21 inch,
Mode and Rack 23 inch.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance

Extended Info

Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.


Power

5.1.25 Adding a Humidifier


5.1.25.1 Creating a Humidifier on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 305


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Humidifier.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-106 shows these parameters, using the Humidifier_CAREL_UE003_MODBUS as an
example.

Figure 5-106 Configuration parameters of humidifier

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 306


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-86 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-87 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Info

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object

Type Device type.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media node Id of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type
Electricity Info

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 307


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value cannot be modified.

Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info
Model Device model.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacture Manufacturer of the device.


r The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Serial number of the device.


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.

SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Project NO. The project number of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Start Date of The start using date of the device.


Use
Owner The owner of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Department The department of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance
Extended Info

Rated Output Rated Output Power of the device.


Power

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 308


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Antistatic flooring installation


Mode and Cement flooring installation.

5.1.26 Adding a DG
5.1.26.1 Setting Monitoring Parameters for a P1000P1 DG

Prerequisites
 The device address planned for the DG is obtained.
 The DG has been powered on and is running properly.
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the DG to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters on the DG. Then modify
the port parameters for the collector connecting to the DG to ensure that the values of
BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity on the DG are consistent with those for the
collector port.

Procedure
Step 1 Tap the Page Up and Page Down buttons until NetWork is displayed. Then tap OK.
Step 2 Select RS-485 SCADA, and tap OK.
Step 3 Set the values of BaudRate, DataBit, and Parity.

The default value of StopBit is 1, and it cannot be set on the WebUI.

Step 4 Set RS485 port parameters for the collector based on the value of BaudRate, DataBit,
StopBit, and Parity of the device. For CCU settings, see 5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters
for the CCU Collector. For ECC collector settings, see 5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for
the ECC500 V6 Collector.
----End

5.1.26.2 Creating a DG on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 309


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 You have created the management domain of the device in the Configuration
Management window.
 If the device is SNMP V1/V2 communication, the Read/Write Community for the device
is obtained.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 If the management domain is a cabinet, DDF, or PDU, select the management domain and
click Desgin under . The page for adding devices is displayed. Otherwise skip this step.
Step 4 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 5 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select DG.
Step 6 Select the device to be added and drag the icon of device to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 7 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to following table, Figure
5-107 shows these parameters, using the DG_Cummins_C500D5_MODBUS as an example.

Figure 5-107 Configuration parameters of DG-Generation

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 310


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Table 5-88 MODBUS/TELCOM device parameter description

The parameter description applies to devices whose Protocol Type is MODBUS or TELCOM.

Parameter Description

IP Address Write down the IP address of the collector to which the device
connects.

Port Write down the port number of the collector to which the device
connects.
 CCU collector port, see 5.1.1.6 CCU Collector RS485 Port
Number.
 ECC collector port, see 5.1.2.3 ECC500 V6 Collector RS485
Port Number.
Device Address Write down address setting on the device, please fill in the actual.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Step 8 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 9 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to the following table as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-89 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.

Object Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.
Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.
Gateway The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Protocol type of the device.
Type The value cannot be modified.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 311


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Electricity Info

Rated Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


Power The value cannot be modified.
Power
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
Mode
the drop-down list box.
Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufactur Manufacturer of the device.


er The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Serial Serial number of the device.
Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.
SN Device number.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Temperatur Temperature range within which the device is operating properly, measured
e Range in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build
Mode In, Wall Build In, and Ceiling installation.
Airflow A total of five airflow types, such as the Front to Rear, Bottom to Top,
Type Side Left to Side Right, Side Right to Side Left and Front to Top.
Wire Type A total of five wire types, such as the Ascending Line, Down Line, Floor
Line, Front Line and After Line.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info

Start Date The start date for using the device.


of Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenanc
e

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 312


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.27 Adding a NVR6128G2 and eSpace IPC Camera


5.1.27.1 Configuring Server Parameters
5.1.27.1.1 Logging In to the NVR Management System

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (factory default: 192.168.1.100) of the NVR6128G2.
 You have installed the hardware and powered on the NVR6128G2.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as that of the NVR6128G2 is
prepared, and the PC has connected to the NVR6128G2 over a switch.
 You have obtained the planned IP address and subnet mask of the NVR6128G2.

Context
After the hardware of the NVR6128G2 is installed, you can connect the PC to the
NVR6128G2 server by using a network cable and log in to the NVR Management system
from the PC.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment as that of the NVR6128G2,
enter https://192.168.1.100:9443/nvrmanage in the address bar, and click Enter on the
keyboard.
Step 2 (Optional) If the system displays the Certificate Error: Navigation Blocked page, click
Continue to this website(not recommended). A normal login page is displayed.
Step 3 Set the user name, password and Verification code and click Login. The login page is
displayed, as shown in Figure 5-108.

Figure 5-108 NVR Management login page

If you are logging in to the NVR6128G2 for the first time, enter admin as the user name and
super@IVS as the password. After you successfully log in to the NVR6128G2, change the password for
information security. For details, see 5.1.27.1.4 Changing the Password and System Time.

The NVR Management main page is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-109.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 313


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-109 NVR Management main page

----End

5.1.27.1.2 Configuring IP Addresses of Management Servers

Context
The NVR6128G2's IP address has been configured when the device is delivered. You can
change the IP address based on the site requirements. Based on the server reliability, you are
advised to bind network adapters.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the NVR Management system.
Step 2 Choose Service Parameter Config > IP config.
The IP config page is displayed.
Step 3 Set IP addresses of network adapters.
 If network adapters are bound together, click Set IP, as shown in Figure 5-110.

Figure 5-110 Setting IP addresses of bound network adapters

 If network adapters are not bound, set mode to NORMAL and click Set IP, as shown in
Figure 5-111.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 314


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-111 Setting IP addresses of network adapters

Step 4 Click Submit.


A confirm dialog box is displayed, asking you whether to restart the server.
Step 5 Click OK.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
Change the IP address of your PC and ensure that the PC is in the same network segment with
the management server. Open Internet Explorer on your PC and enter the new IP address of
the management server to access the NVR Management system.

5.1.27.1.3 Enabling or Disabling Services

Context
This topic describes how to enable or disable services to ensure the proper running of the
NVR6128G2.
When the system is used for the first time, all services are disabled by default. You must
manually enable all services.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the NVR Management system.
Step 2 Choose Service Management > Start/Stop Service.
The page for managing service status is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-112.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 315


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-112 Managing service status

Table 5-90 lists the running status of all services.

Table 5-90 Service status description

Service Description

Media Unit (MU) Forwards, distributes, and stores media data.

Operation and Maintenance Unit (OMU) Uses the eSpace Network Management
Server (NMS) to manage network elements
(NEs) in eSpace IVS.

CMC The CMC consists of the SMU, SCU, and


SRU.
 Controls video surveillance services,
including service authentication, logic
processing, and service control.
 Manages service data, including users,
rights, video walls, levels, and domains.

Platform Connection Gateway (PCG) Complies with GA/T669, T28181, and


customized protocols to connect to
third-party video surveillance platforms.

Database (DB) Stores platform data.

PORTAL Displays services on a Browser/Server (B/S)


client and provides a user interface for
service operation.

Device Connection Gateway (DCG) Connects to ONVIF devices and third-party


devices.

Uniform OM Agent (UOA) Provides unified network management


agent functions.

Step 3 Click Start All.


Step 4 Click Return.
The login page is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 316


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 5 Re-log in to the system and choose Service Management > Start/Stop Service.
The page for managing service status is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-113.

Figure 5-113 Managing service status

The OMU and UOA are used to connect to network management systems. The PCG is used to connect
to third-party platforms. If the three services are not used in actual environments, stop the services to
save system resources.

----End

5.1.27.1.4 Changing the Password and System Time

Context
 To ensure password security, periodically change the password for logging in to the NVR
Management system.
 Before delivery, the server time is set to a time based on the GMT+8:00 Beijing time
zone. When the server is delivered to site, configure the time setting based on the site
requirement.
− To ensure that the generation time of videos is correct, configure the system time
when the server is initially used.
− When the system time is changed, choose Service Management > Start/Stop
Service, and restart all services.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the NVR Management system.
Step 2 Changing the password.
1. Choose System > Change password.
2. Set Old Password and New Password, and click Submit.
Step 3 Changing the System Time.
1. Choose System > Change system time. Set system time and timezone.
2. After the system time is changed, restart all services by referring to 5.1.27.1.3 Enabling
or Disabling Services.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 317


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

----End

5.1.27.2 Installing the eSpace IVS Client

Prerequisites
The eSpace IVS client installation package has been obtained. To obtain the installation
package, select either of the following ways:
 Decompress eIVS/ivs_cu.zip in eIVS_NVR6128_Plat_Preinstall.tar on the CD-ROM
delivered with the eSpace IVS client.
 Access http://support.huawei.com/enterprise, choose SUPPORT > Software > Unified
Communications and Collaboration > Video Surveillance > Video Surveillance
Platforms > Video eSpace IVS > > eSpace IVS > V100R001C30LGLE01SPC200,
and download the Client Package.zip software package.

Context
Table 5-91 describes the requirements on the PC hardware.

Table 5-91 Device requirements

Device Requirements

CPU Dominant frequency 3.2 GHz or above

Memory 3 GB or above

Hard disk 300 GB or above

Display adapter Radeon HD 6850 or GeForce GTX 550 Ti

Network port at least one 100 Mbit/s network port

Monitor at least 21inches

Procedure
Step 1 Decompress Client Package.zip to a specified directory, for example, D:\.
Step 2 Access the directory where the client program is stored.

Step 3 Double-click .
Step 4 Select a language and click OK.
Use the default configuration to complete the installation.

Step 5 Double-click . The login page shown in Figure 5-114 is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 318


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-114 eSpace IVS client login page

 The default value of User Name is super, and Password is super@IVS. Set Server IP Address to
the IP address of the management unit server.
 The eSpace IVS platform supports multipoint sign-on. For detail about how to configure the
multipoint sign-on, see the NVR6128G2 Configuration Guide.
 If the multipoint access mode is not enabled, each user can only log in to one eSpace IVS client.
 If the multipoint access mode is enabled, each user can log in to multiple eSpace IVS clients at
different places using the same user name at the same time. The user can log in to a maximum of
100 eSpace IVS clients simultaneously.
When an administrator logs in to the portal for the first time, a dialog box is displayed, asking the
administrator to change the password.

----End

5.1.27.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the eSpace IPC Semi-Dome

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the camera has been obtained.
 The camera has connected to the switch.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the camera is prepared (the
default value of the IP address for eSpace IPC semi-dome is 192.168.0.100), and the PC
has been connected to the camera over a switch.
 The camera has been adjusted to an appropriate angle. For details about how to adjust the
camera angle, see 2.1 Installing a Camera.

Context
Before connecting the camera to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the IP
address, user name, and password, on the camera.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 319


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the camera, enter IP
address of the camera in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.
Step 2 Enter the user name admin and the initial password HuaWei123, and click Login.

After you log in to the camera successfully, change the password for security. For details, see 5.1.27.4
Changing the Preset Password for the eSpace IPC Semi-Dome.

Step 3 Choose Settings > Network Configuration > Network Parameters, set the IP address,
subnet mask and gateway IP address for the camera based on the assigned parameters for the
camera, as shown in Figure 5-115.

Figure 5-115 Network parameters

Step 4 Click Save.


----End

5.1.27.4 Changing the Preset Password for the eSpace IPC Semi-Dome

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the camera has been obtained.
 The camera has connected to the switch.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the camera is prepared, and the
PC has been connected to the camera over a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the camera, enter
https://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.

XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the camera.

Step 2 Enter the user name admin and the initial password HuaWei123, and click Login.
Step 3 Choose Settings > User Management.
The User Management page is displayed.
Step 4 Enter the old, new, and confirm passwords.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 320


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 5 Click Set.


A confirm dialog box is displayed.

 The admin user's password is a string of 8 to 10 characters, containing at least two types of the
following: uppercase letter, lowercase letter, digit, or special character.
 The password cannot be the same as the user name or the reversal.

Step 6 Click OK.


If the old password fails to be changed, possible causes will be displayed.
----End

5.1.27.5 Adding Cameras on NVR6128G2


5.1.27.5.1 Adding Clairvoyance-Compliant Cameras

Context
This section assumes that you need to connect a Clairvoyance-compliant camera to the eSpace
IVS platform. You must configure the camera before connecting it to the eSpace IVS platform.
The following uses IPC5701-P as an example to describe how to configure a camera.

Procedure
Step 1 Setting connection parameters on the eSpace IVS platform.
1. Log in to the eSpace IVS client as super.
2. Click Device Mgt. on the WorkSpace page.
3. Choose Organization Tree > Root. Click New.
The Add Device page is displayed.
4. Set parameters for the main device, as shown in Figure 5-116. Table 5-92 lists the
parameters that you must pay attention to.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 321


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-116 Add Device page

Table 5-92 Parameter description

Parameter Description Configuration Method

Vendor Indicates the vendor of a Set this parameter to the


main device. vendor of a device that is
being used. HUAWEI is
used as an example.
Device Type Indicates the device type, Set this parameter to the
including IPC, DVR, DVS, type of a device that is being
and NVR. used. IPC is used as an
example if a camera is
connected.

Model Indicates the model of a Set this parameter to the


main device. model of a camera that is
being used. eSpace
IPC5701-P is used as an
example.

Protocol Indicates the protocol for Set this parameter to


connecting peripheral units CLAIRVOYANCE.
(PUs). The protocols include
Clairvoyance and ONVIF.
ID Indicates the ID of a main Set this parameter to a
device. The ID must be unique value to interwork

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 322


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description Configuration Method


consistent with that of the with a camera. The set ID
PU. needs to be added to the
camera in the subsequent
operation.

Media Server If the ONVIF protocol is Set this parameter as


used, set this parameter to required.
Device Gateway.
Video Standard Includes PAL and NTSC. Set this parameter as
required. PAL is used as an
example.
Name Indicates the name of a main Set this parameter as
device. required. eSpaceIPC5701-P
is used as an example.
The value of this parameter
is a string that contains 1 to
20 characters, excluding the
following special characters:
&<>""()/:".
Device Register PWD Indicates the registration Set this parameter to a
password that a PU uses to device password. The set
connect to the eSpace IVS password needs to be added
platform. The default value to a camera in the
is huawei_IVS. subsequent operation.

5. Click Save.
The device information is displayed in the Device page.

After the preceding settings, the device automatically goes online. No manual operation is required.

Step 2 Setting connection parameters on the camera web page.


1. Input https://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar in the PC whose IP address is in the
same network segment as the camera IP address, and press Enter.

 XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the camera.


 The IP address, user name, and password of the camera has been changed, as described in NetEco
Device Commissioning Guide. Enter the modified values.
2. Choose Configuration > Network Configuration > Network Parameters. Set network
adapter parameters as planned, as shown in Figure 5-117.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 323


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-117 Setting network parameters

Enter the camera IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address for IP address, Subnet mask and
Gateway IP address.
3. Chick Save.
4. Choose Configuration > Network Configuration > Platform Connection Parameters.
Set related parameters as planned, as shown in Figure 5-118. For the parameter setting
method, see Table 5-93.

Figure 5-118 Setting platform connection parameters

Table 5-93 Remarks

Parameter Setting Method

Platform IP Enter the IP address of the NVR connected


to the camera.

Port number The default value is 5080. No modification


is required.
Device ID Enter the ID parameter set in Step 1.4.
Add 0000 after the camera ID as the ID
parameter set on the camera consists of 11
figures but 15 figures are required here. For
example, if the ID parameter of the camera
is 12345678987, enter 123456789870000.

Device name Enter the device name.

Login name Set a login user name for the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 324


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Setting Method

Password Enter the Device Register PWD parameter


set in Step 1.4.

5. Click Save to complete the settings.


----End

Follow-up Procedure
After a camera is added to the eSpace IVS platform, query the camera ID which will be filled
into the NetEco.
1. Log in to the eSpace IVS client as super and choose WorkSpace > Device Mgt.
2. In the navigation tree on the left, click the node and select Camera on the right page.
The value under the ID column is the camera ID, as shown in Figure 5-119. Record the
number for future use.

Figure 5-119 Querying a camera ID

5.1.27.5.2 Checking Basic Camera Functions

Scenario
This topic assumes that you need to check the live video and recording functions for cameras.

Procedure
Step 1 Click Live.
The Live page is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 325


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 2 Double-click an online camera in the Cameras list or directly drag an online camera to the
video playing pane.
The live video is played, as shown in Figure 5-120.

Figure 5-120 Browsing the live video

Step 3 Manually record videos.


Right-click a video pane that is playing live videos and choose Platform Recording from the
displayed shortcut menu. The platform recording starts. Right-click the video pane and choose
Stop Platform Recording from the displayed shortcut menu. The platform recording ends.
Step 4 View the following types of videos stored on the eSpace IVS platform.
 Videos recorded based on a recording plan.
Access the Playback page. In the Video Query area, set Save Path to Platform. Select
Scheduled. Set other search criteria and select the camera you want to view in the
Cameras area. The related video file can be searched.
 Manually recorded videos.
Access the Playback page. In the Video Query area, set Save Path to Platform. Select
Manual. Set other search criteria and select the camera you want to view in the
Cameras area. The related video file can be searched.
----End

5.1.27.6 Configure a Camera Parameter on NetEco


This section describes how to configure a camera on the Parameter Configuration page.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 326


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have the camera management permission.
 The 32-bit Internet Explorer is available for video playback.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Camera Management from the main menu. The Camera Management
window is displayed.
Step 2 In the navigation tree, click Parameter Configuration. The Parameter Configuration page
is displayed.
Step 3 Configure parameters by referring to Table 5-94.

If the ActiveX control is not fully enabled, testing the connection will fail after you fill in the
correct parameter information and click Test.
Enable ActiveX controls. For details, see 6.10.7 Registering with the OCX Plug-in.
Uninstall OCX controls. For details, see Step 6.

Table 5-94 Parameter description

Parameter Description Example

Server IP Indicates the IP address of the XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX


Address video server. It is a correct IPv4
address. The IP address consists
of four digits separated with dots.
Each digit ranges from 0 to 255.
The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0.
Server Port Indicates the port number of the 8443
server. The value is an integer
ranging from 0 to 65535.
NOTE
The default port number for VCN500
is 9900.

Server Version Indicates the version of the server. VCN500


Support NVR6128 and VCN500.
NOTE
Security risks exist on the NVR6128,
and no related plug-ins are available
in the NVR6128. You are advised to
use VCN500.

Login User Indicates the user name for –


logging in to the IVS client. It
consists of 1 to 30 characters
excluding special characters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 327


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description Example


NOTE
 Only browsing and query
permissions are required on the
NetEco. Configure video system
users who have only browsing
and query permissions.
 The default user name for
VCN500 is Admin. It is
recommended that the new user
name created using the IVS be
used to access the camera. Before
accessing the camera, ensure that
the initial password of the user
has been changed and the user
has successfully logged in to the
IVS.
 It is recommended that the
number of IVS clients to which
the user can log in to a value
greater than 5. Otherwise, when
the user has logged in to the IVS
client, the user cannot log in to it
through the NetEco.

Login Password Indicates the password for logging Change_Me


in to the IVS client. Click Set
Password and configure the
password on the displayed page.
Enter a string of 1 to 30
characters.
NOTE
The default password for VCN500 is
Change_Me.

Step 4 Click Test after configuring parameters. A message is displayed, indicating that the camera
successfully connects to the server.

 If it is the first time to test the connection, the page becomes blank. Then, you need to wait about 30
seconds.
 If the test fails, a message is displayed, indicating a connection failure.

Step 5 Click Apply. The camera parameters are successfully configured.


----End

5.1.27.7 Creating a eSpace IPC Camera on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the equipment room or the container in the Configuration
Management window.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 328


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 4 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Camera.
Step 5 Select camera to be added and drag the icons of devices to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 6 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to Table 5-95, Figure 5-121
shows these parameters.

Figure 5-121 Configuration parameters of eSpace IPC

Table 5-95 Device parameter description


Parameter Description

IP Address IP address of the device, see 5.1.27.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for
the eSpace IPC Semi-Dome.
The value consists of integers ranging from 0 to 255, forming an IPv4
address but excluding 0.0.0.0.
Camera Code The camera code disposes in the IVS system, is 15 digit. see Follow-up

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 329


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
Procedure in the 5.1.27.5.1 Adding Clairvoyance-Compliant Cameras.
NOTE
The camera code is the value of Device ID whose last three digits are replaced
with 101. For example, if the value of Device ID is 878719000000000, the value
of Camera Code is 878719000000101.

Step 7 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 8 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to Table 5-96 as required.

----End

Related Information

Table 5-96 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.


The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.
Protocol Type Protocol type of the device.
The value cannot be modified.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).


Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 330


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Number Serial number of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Location Location of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet
Mode Build In, and Wall Build In.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

5.1.28 Adding a VCN500 and IPC6321 Camera


5.1.28.1 Configuring VCN500 Server Parameters
5.1.28.1.1 Logging In to the OMU Portal Servers

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (factory default: 192.168.1.100) of the VCN500.
 You have installed the hardware and powered on the VCN500.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as that of the VCN500 is prepared,
and the PC has connected to the VCN500 over a switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 331


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Context
After the hardware of the VCN500 is installed, you can connect the PC to the VCN500 server
by using a network cable and log in to the OMU Portal system from the PC.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment as that of the VCN500, enter
https://192.168.1.100:8443 in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.
Step 2 (Optional) If the system displays the Certificate Error: Navigation Blocked page, click
Continue to this website(not recommended). A normal login page is displayed.
Step 3 Enter the User name and Password, and click Log In. The login page is displayed, as shown
in Figure 5-122.

Figure 5-122 Logging in to the NVR

If you are logging in to the VCN500 for the first time, enter Admin as the user name and Change_Me
as the password. After you successfully log in to the VCN500, change the password for information
security. For details, see 5.1.28.1.3 Change the Preset Password for the VCN500 Servers.

The OMU Portal Management main page is displayed, as shown in Figure 5-123.

Figure 5-123 OMU Portal Management main page

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 332


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.28.1.2 Configuring IP Addresses of VCN500 Servers

Context
A default IP address is configured for a VCN500 server before delivery. Users need to modify
the IP address based on the actual network planning.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the OMU portal of the MPU server as the Admin user.
Step 2 Choose Local Configuration > IP Address.
Step 3 Click Edit.
Step 4 Set the business IP address, as shown in Figure 5-124.

Figure 5-124 Setting the business IP address

Step 5 Click Save.


Table 5-97 lists parameters for setting the media IP address.

Table 5-97 Parameter description


Parameter Description

Network adapter name Indicates the name of the network adapter.


The initial network adapter name is eth0.

Business IP Indicates the IP address of the network


adapter.

NAT IP Indicates the IP address of the Network


Address Translation (NAT) server for
connecting to cameras and media servers in
external networks.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 333


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description
If extranet access is not involved, leave the
NAT IP parameter empty.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
 After the IP address is changed, the VCN500 automatically restarts. After the VCN500
restarts, use the new IP address to access the VCN500.
 Change the PC IP address to an address in the network segment of the new VCN500 IP
address, enter the VCN500 IP address in the address box of the Internet browser, and log
in to the OMU Portal system.

5.1.28.1.3 Change the Preset Password for the VCN500 Servers

Context
To ensure password safety, you need to change the OMU Portal login password periodically.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the OMU portal of the MPU server as the Admin user.
Step 2 Click Change Password at the upper right corner, as shown in Figure 5-125.

Figure 5-125 Changing a password

Step 3 Enter Old Password, New Password, and Confirm Password and click Confirm.

Figure 5-126 Changing a password 02

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 334


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

5.1.28.2 Installing and Starting the IVS Client

Prerequisites
You can obtain the client installation package in either of the following ways:
 Obtain HW_IVS_Client.exe from the CD-ROM delivered with the VCN500.
 Visit http://support.huawei.com/enterprise, choose SUPPORT > Unified
Communications and Collaboration > Video Surveillance > VCN500 > Downloads >
V100R002C00SPC200, and download the Client Package.zip package.

Context
Before configuring services, you must install the IVS client, and access VCN500 functions
through the IVS client.
The IVS client can be installed only in a Windows 7 operating system.
Table 5-98 describes the requirements on the PC hardware.

Table 5-98 Device requirements

Device Requirements

CPU Intel core i5 (second generation) or higher

Memory 3 GB or higher

Hard disk 500 GB or higher

Video card The reference model is GeForce GTX 550


Ti.

Network port At least one 1000 Mbit/s network port

Display 21.5 inch or larger

Procedure
Step 1 Decompress the Client Package.zip package to a directory, such as D:\.
Step 2 Double-click HW_IVS_Client.exe.
Use the default settings and proceed until the installation is complete.

 The client language is automatically set to the operating system language.


 The default installation directory of the client is C:\Program Files\huawei\HW_IVS_Client. The
client must be installed in the system disk directory. You can select an installation path based on the
site requirements.

Step 3 Double-click to start the eSpace IVS C/S client, as shown in Figure 5-127.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 335


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-127 Login page

 The default User name and Password are Admin and Change_Me. When a user logs in to the
eSpace IVS client for the first time, a password change dialog box is displayed, requiring the user to
change the password.
 Set Server IP address to the IP address of the VCN500.
 The default value of Port is 9900. The default value is recommended.

Step 4 Click Log In to log in to the client home page.


----End

5.1.28.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for the IPC6321 Camera

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the camera has been obtained.
 The camera has connected to the switch.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the camera is prepared (the
default value of the IP address for IPC6321 is 192.168.0.120), and the PC has been
connected to the camera over a switch.

Context
Before connecting the camera to the NetEco, set monitoring parameters, such as the IP
address, user name, and password, on the camera.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 336


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the camera, enter
https://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.

XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the camera.

Step 2 Enter the user name admin and the initial password HuaWei123, and click Login.

After you log in to the camera successfully, change the password for security. For details, see 5.1.28.4
Changing the Preset Password for the IPC6321 Camera.

Step 3 Choose Configuration > Basic Configuration > Network, and set network adapter
parameters as planned, as shown in Figure 5-128.

Figure 5-128 Basic network parameters

Enter the camera IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the camera.

Step 4 Click Save.


----End

5.1.28.4 Changing the Preset Password for the IPC6321 Camera

Prerequisites
 The IP address planned for the camera has been obtained.
 The camera has connected to the switch.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the camera is prepared, and the
PC has been connected to the camera over a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the camera, enter
https://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.

XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the camera.

Step 2 Enter the user name admin and the initial password HuaWei123, and click Login.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 337


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 Choose Configuration > Advanced Configuration > Security.


The User page appears.
Step 4 Select the user whose password needs to be modified, and click Modify.
Step 5 Enter a password and confirm the password.
Step 6 Click OK.
----End

5.1.28.5 Adding a Camera to the VCN500

Prerequisites
 The VCN500 and camera are powered on and connected through a switch.
 The IP addresses of the VCN500 and camera are in the same network segment.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the IVS client as the Admin user.
Step 2 Double-click Add Camera, as shown in Figure 5-129.

Figure 5-129 Adding a camera

Step 3 Set search criteria.


1. Select the adding mode. If only one VCN500 server is in use, select Single server. If
multiple VCN500 servers are stacked, select Stack.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 338


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-130 Selecting the adding mode.

2. Then click Next.


3. Set Drive to ONVIF.

If there are multiple VCN500 servers, set Access server to the VCN500 server to which the camera
needs to be connected.

4. (Optional) click at the lower left corner, and enter Start IP Addresses and End IP
Addresses for the camera, as shown in Figure 5-131.
Set Start IP Addresses and End IP Addresses to an appropriate IP address range. If the
range is too large, the search process may take a long time.

Figure 5-131 Setting the start and end IP addresses

5. Then click Next.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 339


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 4 Search for and verify the camera.


1. Click Search.
The system displays the IP address of the camera that is found.
2. Enter your camera user name and password in the Verify area, and click Verify. If the
verification succeeds, the camera icon color changes to green, as shown in Figure 5-132.

Figure 5-132 Verifying the camera user name and password

 Cameras already added to the VCN500 will not be displayed on the search result page.
 If the verification fails, check whether the default camera password has been changed, and
enter the correct user name and password. If you click Verify for three times without a
correct user name and password, you may be locked out.

Step 5 Select the camera to be added, and click Next.


The camera preview page appears.
Step 6 Preview the monitored area, and modify parameters such as Camera name, Location, and
Brightness as necessary.
Step 7 Then click Next.
The camera grouping page appears.
Step 8 Click Next. If the Status bar displays , the camera is successfully added.
Step 9 Click Finish.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
After adding a camera to the VCN500, you view camera code on the VCN500 IVS client, and
enter the code in the NetEco for follow-up operations.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 340


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

1. Log in to the IVS client as the Admin user, choose Users and Devices, and double-click
Devices.
2. Double-click the camera in the Name area, and choose Camera Settings in the page that
appears. The number before # in the Code text box is the camera code, as shown in
Figure 5-133. Record the code for future use.

Figure 5-133 Viewing the camera code

5.1.28.6 Configure a Camera Parameter on NetEco


This section describes how to configure a camera on the Parameter Configuration page.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have the camera management permission.
 The 32-bit Internet Explorer is available for video playback.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Camera Management from the main menu. The Camera Management
window is displayed.
Step 2 In the navigation tree, click Parameter Configuration. The Parameter Configuration page
is displayed.
Step 3 Configure parameters by referring to Table 5-99.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 341


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

If the ActiveX control is not fully enabled, testing the connection will fail after you fill in the
correct parameter information and click Test.
Enable ActiveX controls. For details, see 6.10.7 Registering with the OCX Plug-in.
Uninstall OCX controls. For details, see Step 6.

Table 5-99 Parameter description

Parameter Description Example

Server IP Indicates the IP address of the XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX


Address video server. It is a correct IPv4
address. The IP address consists
of four digits separated with dots.
Each digit ranges from 0 to 255.
The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0.

Server Port Indicates the port number of the 8443


server. The value is an integer
ranging from 0 to 65535.
NOTE
The default port number for VCN500
is 9900.

Server Version Indicates the version of the server. VCN500


Support NVR6128 and VCN500.
NOTE
Security risks exist on the NVR6128,
and no related plug-ins are available
in the NVR6128. You are advised to
use VCN500.

Login User Indicates the user name for –


logging in to the IVS client. It
consists of 1 to 30 characters
excluding special characters.
NOTE
 Only browsing and query
permissions are required on the
NetEco. Configure video system
users who have only browsing
and query permissions.
 The default user name for
VCN500 is Admin. It is
recommended that the new user
name created using the IVS be
used to access the camera. Before
accessing the camera, ensure that
the initial password of the user
has been changed and the user
has successfully logged in to the
IVS.
 It is recommended that the
number of IVS clients to which
the user can log in to a value

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 342


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description Example


greater than 5. Otherwise, when
the user has logged in to the IVS
client, the user cannot log in to it
through the NetEco.

Login Password Indicates the password for logging Change_Me


in to the IVS client. Click Set
Password and configure the
password on the displayed page.
Enter a string of 1 to 30
characters.
NOTE
The default password for VCN500 is
Change_Me.

Step 4 Click Test after configuring parameters. A message is displayed, indicating that the camera
successfully connects to the server.

 If it is the first time to test the connection, the page becomes blank. Then, you need to wait about 30
seconds.
 If the test fails, a message is displayed, indicating a connection failure.

Step 5 Click Apply. The camera parameters are successfully configured.


----End

5.1.28.7 Creating a eSpace IPC Camera on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client.
 You have created the equipment room or the container in the Configuration
Management window.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 Click Infrastructure. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 4 Click the first drop-down list box in Type and select Device. Click the second drop-down list
box in Type and select Camera.
Step 5 Select camera to be added and drag the icons of devices to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 343


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 6 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to Table 5-100, Figure 5-134
shows these parameters.

Figure 5-134 Configuration parameters of eSpace IPC

Table 5-100 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

IP Address IP address of the device, see 5.1.28.3 Setting Monitoring Parameters for
the IPC6321 Camera.
The value consists of integers ranging from 0 to 255, forming an IPv4
address but excluding 0.0.0.0.

Camera Code The camera code disposes in the IVS system, is 20 digit. see Follow-up
Procedure in the 5.1.28.5 Adding a Camera to the VCN500.

Step 7 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 8 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to Table 5-101 as required.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 344


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Related Information

Table 5-101 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Attribution

Parent Object Management domain of the device.


The value cannot be modified.
Type Device type.
The value cannot be modified.
Name Name of the device.
The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Type Protocol type of the device.


The value cannot be modified.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three decimal
places).

Power Mode Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply from
the drop-down list box.

Assets Info
Model Device model.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Number Serial number of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.
The value cannot be modified.
Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,
Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.

Location Location of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 345


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet
Mode Build In, and Wall Build In.

Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,


Offline.

Status Info

Start Date of The start date for using the device.


Use

Last The last date for maintaining the device.


Maintenance

5.1.29 Setting RS485 Parameters for the Collector


5.1.29.1 Setting RS485 Parameters for the CCU Collector

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, login user name and password for the CCU collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the CCU collector is prepared,
and the PC has been connected to the CCU collector over a switch.

Context
To ensure the normal connection between the CCU collector and devices, properly set the
RS485 parameters for the CCU collector, such as BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit, and Parity.
Ensure these parameters stay consistent with those of the devices.
This topic describes how to set RS485 port parameters for the COM1 port on the MUS02A
card of the CCU collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Access the WebUI of the CCU collector.

To ensure the security of data transmission, the NetEco transmits data after encrypting it over the Secure
Sockets Layer (SSL).

Step 2 On the Configure tab page, click Commhub.


Step 3 Query the numbers of the ports on the CCU collector. Table 5-102 and Table 5-103 lists the
mappings between CCU collector ports and port numbers.

Table 5-102 Mapping between CCU main control card ports and port numbers

Port Port Number

D_COM0 3200

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 346


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Port Port Number

D_COM1 3201

D_COM2 3202
D_COM3 3203

Table 5-103 Mapping between UEUA card ports and port numbers

Port Port Number

D_COM0 3212

D_COM1 3213

D_COM2 3214

D_COM3 3215

Step 4 Locate the number of the port whose parameters you need to modify in the TCPPort column
and set parameters in this line to ensure that the values of BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit and
Parity on the ambient temperature and humidity sensor are consistent with those for the CCU
collector port.
1. Select BaudRate from the drop-down list.
2. Select DataBit from the drop-down list.
3. Select StopBit from the drop-down list.
4. Select Parity from the drop-down list.

Figure 5-135 Setting RS485 parameters

Table 5-104 Parameter description


Parameter Description

BaudRate Indicates the baud rate.


DataBit Indicates the data bit.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 347


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

StopBit Indicates the stop bit.

Parity Indicates the parity bit.


 even: even parity check
 odd: odd parity check
 no: no parity check
 hw485: Huawei-defined parity check
TCPPort Indicates the number of the port on the CCU
collector.
Status Enables the port.

Step 5 Click Save to save one piece of configuration information.

To save all configuration information, click Save All.

----End

5.1.29.2 Setting RS485 Parameters for the ECC500 V6 Collector

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, login user name and password for the ECC500 V6
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.

Context
To ensure the normal connection between the ECC500 V6 collector and devices, properly set
the RS485 parameters for the ECC500 V6 collector, such as BaudRate, DataBit, StopBit,
and Parity. Ensure these parameters stay consistent with those of the devices.
This topic describes how to set RS485 port parameters for the COM1 port on the MUS02A
card of the ECC500 V6 collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC, enter https://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar to log in to the WebUI of the
ECC500 V6 collector.

 XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the collector.


 To ensure the security of data transmission, the NetEco transmits data after encrypting it over the
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL).

Step 2 Choose Monitoring > MUS02A1 > Running Parameter > COM1 Setting.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 348


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 From the drop-down list, choose COM1 Baud Rate, COM1 Data Bit, COM1 Stop Bit, and
COM1 Parity, as shown in Figure 5-136.

Figure 5-136 Setting RS485 port parameters

Step 4 Click Submit.


----End

5.2 Scenarios for Connecting the ECC800 Collector


5.2.1 Commissioning the ECC800 Collector
5.2.1.1 Setting ECC800 Collector IP Address
This topic describes how to configure an IP address and a subnet mask for the ECC800
collector before connecting it to the element management system (EMS).

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (by default 192.168.0.10) for the ECC800 collector.
 You have installed hardware for the ECC800 collector and powered it on.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC800 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC800 collector WAN port over a
switch.
 You have obtained the planned IP address, subnet mask and default gateway for the
ECC800 collector.

Context
A unified IP address (192.168.0.10) is configured for all ECC800 collectors before delivery.
You must reconfigure an IP address for the ECC800 collector as required to prevent IP
address conflict.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 349


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the ECC800
collector, enter https://192.168.0.10 in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.
Step 2 (Optional) Install a security certificate when logging in to the page. Click Continue to this
website (not recommended), as shown in Figure 5-137.

Figure 5-137 Prompt message indicating an incorrect certificate

This operation is performed on the Windows 7 OS. If other OSs are used, perform this operation based
on actual conditions.

Step 3 Specify User Name, Password, and , and click Log In. Figure 5-138 shows the login dialog
box.

Figure 5-138 Login dialog box of the ECC800 collector

If you log in to the ECC800 collector for the first time, enter admin as the user name and Changeme as
the password. After you log in to the ECC800 collector successfully, change the password for security.
For details, see 6.7 How to Change the Preset Password for the ECC Collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 350


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 4 Choose System Settings > IP Address Settings, set the IP address, subnet mask and default
gateway for the ECC800 collector based on the assigned parameters for the ECC800 collector,
as shown in Figure 5-139.

Figure 5-139 Setting ECC800 collector IP address

Step 5 Click Submit.


----End

5.2.1.2 Setting Pass-through Parameters for the ECC800 Collector


You need to set the pass-through parameters for the ECC800 collector if it connects to the
EMS, as these parameters are needed for setting up the challenge handshake authentication on
the EMS.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC800
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC800 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC800 collector over a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC800 collector.
Step 2 Choose System Settings > NetEco.
Step 3 Set Primary Server IP Address, Backup Server IP Address, and Port Number based on
the actual situation.
If there is only one NetEco server, set both Primary Server IP Address and Backup Server
IP Address to the IP address of the NetEco server, and set the port number to 31220.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 351


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-140 Setting the IP address of the server

Step 4 (Optional) Replace the security certificate for network elements to connect to the NetEco.

The NetEco system provides a Huawei-preinstalled default certificate for commissioning the
connections between network elements and the NetEco. The default certificate cannot ensure
information transmission security, and must be replaced by a valid certificate from Huawei if the secure
communication mode is to be enabled.
1. Replace the security certificate of the ECC800 collector: On the ECC800 WebUI, choose
System Settings > NetEco, click Browse to enter the path where the certificate is stored,
select the certificate, and click Upload. After the upload is complete, click Submit.
2. For details about how to replace the security certificate for the NetEco, see the
Replacing System Management Tool Certificates chapter in the NetEco user manual.
Step 5 (Optional) Change the challenge password for network elements to connect to the NetEco.
A preset challenge password is provided for the ECC800 to connect to the NetEco. If the
challenge password is to be changed, it must be changed in both the NetEco and ECC800.
1. To change the challenge password in the ECC800, choose System Settings > NetEco on
the ECC800 WebUI, enter a password in Pre-shared Password and Confirm
Pre-shared Password, and click Submit.
2. For details about how to change the challenge password in the NetEco, see the section
Adding the Challenge Handshake Authentication for Modbus and Telecom
Through the ECC in the NetEco product documentation.
----End

5.2.1.3 Creating a Micro-module

Prerequisites
 The IP address and login user name and password for logging in to the collector are
obtained.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 352


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the collector has been prepared
and connected to the collector over a switch.
 All smart devices have been connected to the ECC800 collector, and are communicating
properly with the ECC800 collector.

Context
After creating a micro-module on the ECC800 collector, you need to synchronize the
micro-module to the NetEco system.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the ECC800 WebUI.
Step 2 Choose Home > Plane View.
Step 3 Click Modify Basic Config or Create Micro-module.
Step 4 Select Layout Mode and fill Cabinet Qty./Row, as shown in Figure 5-141.
 Layout Mode: The options from left to right respectively indicate single-row aisle
containment with cabinet under containment, dual-row aisle containment, and single-row
aisle containment with cabinet above containment
 Cabinet Qty./Row: Set the parameter to the number of cabinets in each row.

Figure 5-141 Creating a micro-module

Step 5 Drag devices from Device List to a specific position in the view based on the equipment room
layout plan.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 353


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 6 Click OK. Figure 5-142 shows the equipment room layout after a micro-module has been
created.

Figure 5-142 Equipment room layout

----End

5.2.1.4 Creating a ECC800 Collector on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have created modules in Configuration Management. For detailed operations, see
6.10.1 Creating a Domain.

Context
 When the ECC800 is bound for the first time, all opened NetEco pages are locked. In
this period, you cannot do any operations on these pages, and Syncing ECC800 profile.
Please try it later. is displayed. The locking duration varies . Replace it based on the
actual operation result.
 If ECC800 data cannot be synchronized to the NetEco, check whether the version of the
currently used ECC800 is earlier than V104. If yes, upgrade the ECC800. For detailed
operations, see the latest ECC800 upgrade guide.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.

Step 2 Click in the upper left area of the Configuration Management window to switch to
the Uncreated Device Information window.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 354


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 3 Click in the Uncreated Device Information window to switch to the Add Device
window. You can add an ECC800 device to the specified modular in the Add Device window.
For detailed operations, see Figure 5-143.

 One modular can be bound only with one ECC800 device. After the binding, all devices under the
ECC800 are displayed in the Configuration Management window, and you can change the device
names manually. You cannot manually add or delete devices under the ECC800. To delete the
devices, you must delete the ECC800 to delete all devices under the ECC800.
 The ECC800 covers devices of the following types:
 System: ECC800 (iScan), Wi-Fi repeater, intelligent socket (group), and ETH converter (group).
 Power distribution: power distribution cabinet (PDC), UPS, and CIM (BIM).
 Channel: three-in-one sensor, channel access control (group), skylight actuator, AC actuator,
humidity and temperature sensor, and video.
 Smart cooling product
 IT cabinet
 After clicking OK, you can check the following task information in the displayed Progress dialog
box: Type, Device Name, Progress, Status, Start Time, End Time, and Information.

Figure 5-143 Adding an ECC800 device to the modular

 After a modular is bound with an ECC800 device, you can check or configure Management
Attribution, Equip Info, Layout Information, or Asset Information of the device in the
corresponding modular in the Configuration Management window as required.
 The modular layout, number of cabinets, and types of devices in the Configuration Management
window must be synchronized with those on the web-based ECC800 client.

Step 4 Select the added device and configure parameters in the right pane as required.

Names of the devices accessed through the ECC800 comply with the following rules:
 For devices that are synchronized to the NetEco through the ECC800 for the first time, their names
are different on the NetEco and web-based ECC800 client and are all the default names.
 Device name modification on the web-based ECC800 client will be synchronized to the NetEco.
However, device name modification on the NetEco will not be synchronized to the web-based
ECC800 client.
 If device names have been changed on the NetEco, device name modification on the web-based
ECC800 client will not be synchronized to the NetEco any more.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 355


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Step 5 Click in the upper area of the current window to save the device information.

After the ECC800 device is bound, select the ECC800 device in the left navigation tree. Then, change or
reset the authentication password in the Management Attribution area so that the authentication
password on the web-based ECC800 is the same as that on the NetEco, thereby ensuring the normal
connection between the ECC800 and NetEco.
Perform the following operations on the Modify page:
1. Enter the new password in the New password and Confirm password text boxes.
2. Perform the following operations as required in the Send To Device column.
 If YES is selected, change and synchronize the authentication passwords on the ECC800 device and
web-based ECC800 sides synchronized on the server so that the authentication passwords on both
sides are the same.
 If NO is selected, change the authentication password on the ECC800 side synchronized on the
server.
3. Click OK.
You are advised to change the password every three months, and the password must meet the following
format and complexity requirements:
 The password contains 8 to 30 characters.
 The password must contain at least one uppercase letter, one lowercase letter, one digit, and one
special character.

Step 6 After clicking the device icon:


 Choose Manage under . The Real-Time Signal window is displayed.
 Choose Design under . You can check devices in the management domain.
----End

5.2.2 Setting IP Cameras and VCN500s


 Obtain detailed product information and installation software from the documentation
and CD-ROM delivered with the IP camera and VCN500.
 For the detailed VCN500 configuration operations, see Configuration Guide in the
VCN500 V100R002C10 Product Documentation. Obtain the reference documents from
the delivered CD-ROM.
 You can also visit http://support.huawei.com/enterprise to obtain the product
documentation from the Support > Document Center > UC&C > Video
Surveillance > Video Surveillance Platforms > VCN3000 > VCN500 >
V100R002C10 directory.

5.2.2.1 LAN Switch Networking


Figure 5-144 shows the LAN switch networking for video system network diagram.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 356


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-144 LAN switch networking

For the detailed camera and VCN500 configuration operations, see 5.1.28 Adding a VCN500
and IPC6321 Camera.

5.2.2.2 Smart ETH Gateway Networking


Figure 5-145 shows the smart ETH gateway networking for video system network diagram.

Figure 5-145 Smart ETH gateway networking

5.2.2.2.1 Setting the Video IP Address


If the camera and VCN500 are isolated from the external network over a PoE bus, set the
mapping between the internal IP addresses for the camera and VCN500 and their external IP
addresses.
 External IP address: IP addresses for the camera and VCN500 in the external network,
planned by the customer

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 357


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 Internal IP address: LAN IP addresses for the camera and VCN500 in the micro-module,
depending on the IP address for the ECC800 port used for the smart ETH gateway

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the ECC800 WebUI from a PC by following the instructions in 6.6 Logging In to
the ECC800 WebUI.
Step 2 Choose System Settings > Video IP Settings to display the page for setting the IP addresses
for the camera and VCN500.

Figure 5-146 Setting the video IP address

Step 3 Set the internal IP address for the camera and VCN500 to 192.168.248.xx (xx ranges from 50
to 99) or retain the default value.

The LAN_1 and LAN_2 ports on the ECC800 are non-isolated ports. The default port IP address is
192.168.248.10 or 192.168.245.10 (with Vlan tag 15).

Step 4 Set the external IP addresses for the camera and VCN500 based on the customer plan.
Step 5 Click Submit.
----End

5.2.2.2.2 Video Function Check

Procedure
Step 1 Configure the PC IP address and the camera IP address in the same network segment.

 Examples are provided. The actual parameters prevail. If the IP camera has a default IP address of
192.168.0.120, a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0, and a default gateway of 192.168.0.1, set the IP
address to 192.168.0.2, subnet mask to 255.255.255.0, and default gateway to 192.168.0.1 on the
PC.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 358


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 If multiple cameras are accessed, retain the connection between one camera and the smart ETH
gateway and disconnect connections from other cameras. After commissioning the connected camera,
commission other cameras in the same way.

Step 2 Connect the PC network cable to any idle network port on the smart ETH gateway.
Step 3 Enter http://192.168.0.120 (the actual parameter prevails) in the address bar of the PC browser,
and press Enter to log in to the IP camera.

Figure 5-147 IP camera login page

Step 4 Enter the preset user name admin and the preset password HuaWei123 on the login page,
and click Login.
Step 5 After you enter the login page, a prompt Please click here to download and install the
plug-in. Close the browser when installing the plug-in. will be displayed if you log in for
the first time. Click and install the plug-in. Close the browser during installation.
Step 6 Choose Configuration > Basic Configuration > Network. Set the IP address based on the
camera Intranet IP address set in 5.2.2.2.1 Setting the Video IP Address.

 The intranet IP addresses for the camera are 192.168.248.xx (xx ranges from 50 to 99).
 Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address of the camera.

Step 7 Click Detectbutton next to the camera IP address which has been set to check that the IP
address is available.
Step 8 Click Save.
Step 9 (Optional) Configure the laptop IP address to be in the same network segment as the camera
IP address (192.168.248.XX), and access the IP camera again to commission the camera.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 359


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Perform this step if you need to check whether the preceding settings take effect.

----End

5.2.2.2.3 Video Storage


When a storage device (such as an SD card) accesses the IP camera, HDD NO., Capacity,
Free space, Status, Type, Property, and Progress for the storage device are displayed under
the storage device list. If a storage device is used for the first time, choose Configuration >
Advanced Configuration > Storage > Storage Management, and format the storage device.
For details, see the documentation delivered with the camera.

Procedure
Step 1 Select the HDD No. corresponding to the storage device to be formatted.
Click Format. Then click OK in the displayed dialog box to start formatting. The formatting
progress percentage is displayed under Progress, as shown in Figure 5-148.

Figure 5-148 Formatting the storage device

Step 2 After the formatting is complete, Completed is displayed under Progress. Now you can write
video data into the storage device.
Step 3 Click Configuration > Local Configuration to enter the Local Configuration page. Set the
local play parameters and files, and picture save path.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 360


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-149 Local configuration

Step 4 Click Save.


----End

5.2.2.2.4 Motion Detection


When the IP camera uses an SD card for storage, you are recommended to set the motion
detection function of the IP camera to avoid failing to store data in the SD card due to
insufficient storage capacity. (You need to enter the Configuration > Advanced
Configuration > Events page of the video management software). For details, see the
documentation delivered with the camera.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 361


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-150 Motion detection

 Select Enable Motion Detection to enable the motion detection function of the IP
camera.
 Select Enable Dynamic Analysis for Motion to enable the function of analyzing
dynamic objects in the video. Dynamic regions will be highlighted in green.

Procedure
Step 1 You can set Configuration to Normal or Expert. In normal mode, a region is drawn directly
and unified sensitivity is set. In expert mode, you can set sensitivities for eight regions and the
ratio of objects in each region. You can also set sensitivities and ratios for various regions in
day and night modes. The parameters in day mode and those in night mode can be
automatically switched based on the switchover between the day mode and night mode on the
camera. You can also set a time point for switching parameters on time.
Step 2 Click Draw Area. Drag the mouse on the picture and then release the mouse to draw a region.
If Configuration is set to Expert, you can draw a maximum of eight regions. To stop
drawing regions, click Stop Drawing. To clear devices in a region, select the region and click
Clear All. If Configuration is set to Normal, the number of regions is not limited. To stop
drawing regions, click Stop Drawing. To clear regions, click Clear All to clear all regions.

After region drawing and sensitivity setting are complete, the camera video preview and playback make
dynamic analysis based on the motion trails of objects and display green frames. Red frames are
displayed only for the setting, and are not displayed in video preview and playback.

----End

5.2.2.2.5 Adding a Camera to the VCN500

Prerequisites
 The VCN500 and camera are powered on and connected through a switch.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 362


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 The IP addresses of the VCN500 and camera are in the same network segment.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the IVS client as the Admin user.
Step 2 Double-click Add Camera, as shown in Figure 5-151.

Figure 5-151 Adding a camera

Step 3 Set search criteria.


1. Set Drive to ONVIF.

If there are multiple VCN500 servers, set Access server to the VCN500 server to which the camera
needs to be connected.

2. (Optional) click at the lower left corner, and enter Start IP Addresses and End IP
Addresses for the camera, as shown in Figure 5-152.
Set Start IP Addresses and End IP Addresses to an appropriate IP address range. If the
range is too large, the search process may take a long time.

In the scenario where smart ETH gateways are networked, ECC800 searches for the internal IP address
of camera .

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 363


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-152 Setting the start and end IP addresses

3. Then click Next.


Step 4 Search for and verify the camera.
1. Click Search.
The system displays the IP address of the camera that is found.
2. Enter your camera user name and password in the Verify area, and click Verify. If the
verification succeeds, the camera icon color changes to green, as shown in Figure 5-153.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 364


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-153 Verifying the camera user name and password

 Cameras already added to the VCN500 will not be displayed on the search result page.
 If the verification fails, check whether the default camera password has been changed, and
enter the correct user name and password. If you click Verify for three times without a
correct user name and password, you may be locked out.

Step 5 Select the camera to be added, and click Next.


The camera preview page appears.
Step 6 Preview the monitored area, and modify parameters such as Camera name, Location, and
Brightness as necessary.
Step 7 Then click Next.
The camera grouping page appears.

Step 8 Click Next. If the Status bar displays , the camera is successfully added.
Step 9 Click Finish.
----End

Follow-up Procedure
1. Log in to the IVS client as the Admin user, choose Users and Devices, and double-click
Devices.
2. Double-click the camera in the Name area, and choose Camera Settings in the page that
appears. The number before # in the Code text box is the camera code, as shown in
Figure 5-154. Record the code for future use.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 365


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-154 Viewing the camera code

3. On the camera configuration page, choose Configuration Panel > Video Settings >
Video Encoding Settings, and check whether Encoding format is set to H.264. If yes,
click OK. If no, go to 4.
4. (Optional) On the Video Encoding Settings page, select H.264 from the Encoding
format drop-down list box, click Apply, and click OK.

Figure 5-155 Setting the video encoding

 The default encoding format for the IPC6321 camera is H.264. Videos can be played on the NetEco.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 366


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 The default encoding format for the IPC6325 camera is H.265. You must change Encoding format
to H.264 so that videos can be played on the NetEco.
 Cameras that use the H.265 video encoding format are supported starting from eSDK V100R005C50,
but the encoding format needs to be changed to support video playback on the NetEco. In eSDK
V100R005C60 and later versions, such cameras are supported, requiring no encoding format
change.

5.2.2.2.6 Configuring a Camera Parameter on NetEco


This section describes how to configure a camera on the Parameter Configuration page.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have the camera management permission.
 The 32-bit Internet Explorer is available for video playback.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management > Camera Management from the
main menu. The Camera Management window is displayed.
Step 2 In the navigation tree, click Parameter Configuration. The Parameter Configuration page
is displayed.
Step 3 Configure parameters by referring to Table 5-105.

If the ActiveX control is not fully enabled, testing the connection will fail after you fill in the
correct parameter information and click Test.
Enable ActiveX controls. For details, see Registering with the OCX Plug-in.
Uninstall OCX controls. For details, see Registering with the OCX Plug-in.

Table 5-105 Parameter description

Parameter Description Example

Server IP Indicates the IP address of the XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX


Address video server. It is a correct IPv4
address. The IP address consists
of four digits separated with dots.
Each digit ranges from 0 to 255.
The IP address cannot be 0.0.0.0.
NOTE
In the scenario where smart ETH
gateways are networked, ECC800
chooses the external IP of camera.

Server Port Indicates the port number of the 8443


server. The value is an integer
ranging from 0 to 65535.
NOTE

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 367


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description Example


The default port number for
NVR6128 is 8443. The default port
number for VCN500 is 9900.

Server Version Indicates the version of the server. VCN500


Support NVR6128 and VCN500.
NOTE
Security risks exist on the NVR6128,
and no related plug-ins are available
in the NVR6128. You are advised to
use VCN500.

Login User Indicates the user name for –


logging in to the IVS client. It
consists of 1 to 30 characters
excluding special characters.
NOTE
 Only browsing and query
permissions are required on the
NetEco. Configure video system
users who have only browsing
and query permissions.
 The default user name for
VCN500 is Admin. It is
recommended that the new user
name created using the IVS be
used to access the camera. Before
accessing the camera, ensure that
the initial password of the user
has been changed and the user
has successfully logged in to the
IVS.
 It is recommended that the
number of IVS clients to which
the user can log in to a value
greater than 5. Otherwise, when
the user has logged in to the IVS
client, the user cannot log in to it
through the NetEco.

Login Password Indicates the password for logging Change_Me


in to the IVS client. Click Set
Password and configure the
password on the displayed page.
Enter a string of 1 to 30
characters.
NOTE
The default password for VCN500 is
Change_Me.

Step 4 Click Test after configuring parameters. A message is displayed, indicating that the camera
successfully connects to the server.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 368


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 If it is the first time to test the connection, the page becomes blank. Then, you need to wait about 30
seconds.
 If the test fails, a message is displayed, indicating a connection failure.

Step 5 Click Apply. The camera parameters are successfully configured.


----End

5.2.2.2.7 Creating an IPC6321 Camera on the NetEco

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the client.
 You have the Date Center Planning permission.
 You have created a management domain in the Date Center Planning window.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management > Data Center Planning from the
main menu. The Data Center Planning window is displayed.
Step 2 Select the management domain to add devices.
Step 3 Click Device. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 4 Click the drop-down list box in Type and select Camera.
Step 5 Select camera to be added and drag the icons of devices to the management domain.

Clicks the equipment, Select Delete under can delete the equipment.

Step 6 Configure parameters for the icon in the right pane by referring to Table 5-106, Figure 5-156
shows these parameters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 369


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-156 Configuration parameters of IPC6321

Table 5-106 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

IP Address  IP address of the device, see Commissioning IPC6321 Cameras.


 The value consists of integers ranging from 0 to 255, forming an IPv4
address but excluding 0.0.0.0.
NOTE
In the scenario where smart ETH gateways are networked, ECC800 chooses the
external IP address of cameral.

Camera Code The camera code disposes in the IVS system, is 20 digit. see Follow-up
Procedure in the Adding a Camera to the VCN500.

Step 7 Click Connection test to start the connection test.

Step 8 After the connection test is successful, click on the toolbar to save the device
information.

Please set another parameters by referring to Table 5-107 as required.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 370


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Related Information

Table 5-107 Device parameter description

Parameter Description

Management Info

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three
decimal places).

Power Mode
Click and select Single power supply and Dual power supply
from the drop-down list box.

Assets Info

Model Device model.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Manufacturer Manufacturer of the device.
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Serial Number Serial number of the device.


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Weight Weight of the device, measured in KG.


The value cannot be modified.

Temperature Temperature range within which the device is operating properly,


Range measured in °C.
The value cannot be modified.
Location Location of the device.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 371


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Parameter Description

Management Info

Parent Management domain of the device.


Object The value cannot be modified.

Type Device type.


The value cannot be modified.

Name Name of the device.


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\.

Media nodeId of the med (Mediation) layer.


Gateway The value cannot be modified.

Protocol Protocol type of the device.


Type The value cannot be modified.

Out Time Timeout duration for connection test (set to 3s by default).

Electricity Info

Rated Power Rated Power of the device, measured in KW.


The value is a floating number ranging from 0 to 65535 (three
decimal places).
The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Installation Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build
Mode In, and Wall Build In.
Status Status of the device, including Enabled, Power-on, Power-off, Idle,
Offline.

Status Info
Start Date of The start date for using the device.
Use
Last The last date for maintaining the device.
Maintenance

5.2.2.2.8 Setting the VCN500 Parameters

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address (factory default: 192.168.1.100) of the VCN500.
 You have installed the hardware and powered on the VCN500.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as that of the VCN500 is prepared,
and the PC has connected to the VCN500 over a smart ETH gateway.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 372


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

This section only describes how to set the IP address for the VCN500. If you need to set other
VCN500 parameters, see 5.1.28.1 Configuring VCN500 Server Parameters or the
documentation delivered with the VCN500.
Step 1 Log in to the OMU Portal system as an Admin user.

 On the PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the VCN500, type
https://192.168.1.100:8443 in the address box of a browser and press Enter on the keyboard.
 If you log in to the ECC for the first time, enter admin as the user name and Changeme as the
password. After you log in to the ECC successfully, change the password for security.

Step 2 Choose Local Configuration > Server Configuration.


Step 3 Configure the service IP address, Table 5-108 describes the parameters on the page.

 The intranet IP addresses for the VCN500 are 192.168.248.xx (xx ranges from 50 to 99).
 It takes about 5 minutes for the modified VCN500 IP address to take effect. Commission the
VCN500 after 5 minutes.
 If the VCN500 connects to the smart ETH gateway to form an intranet, NAT IP is mandatory and
needs to be set to the mapped external IP address. For details about how to set the internal and
external IP addresses for the VCN500 (NVR), see 5.2.2.2.1 Setting the Video IP Address.

Table 5-108 Parameter description

Parameter Description

Network adapter name The Network adapter name is set to eth0


by default.

Business IP The IP address of the network adapter. Set


the parameter to the Intranet IP address of
the VCN500.

NAT IP The IP address provided by the internal


server for external visit. Connect the
Internet camera and media server by the
NAT IP address. Set the parameter to the
Internet IP address of the VCN500.

Step 4 Click Save.


Step 5 Configure the laptop IP address to be in the same network segment as the VCN500 IP address
(192.168.248.XX), and access the VCN500 again to commission the VCN500.
Step 6 Add camera on VCN500, For details, see5.1.28.5 Adding a Camera to the VCN500.
----End

5.2.2.2.9 Viewing Videos on the ECC800 WebUI


The ECC800 allows you to directly go from the WebUI to the page for viewing videos.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 373


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Procedure
Step 1 Record the Internet IP address (planned by the customer) for the video.
Step 2 Log in to the ECC800 WebUI from a PC by following the instructions in 6.6 Logging In to
the ECC800 WebUI.
Step 3 Choose Maintenance > View Video to display the View Video page.
Step 4 Enter the video name and link address http://xx.xx.xx.xx. The actual video link address is the
Internet IP address for the camera planned by the customer.
Step 5 Click Add to save the current parameter settings for the camera and video, and then click
Submit to validate the parameter settings. Click View to access the link to the camera
WebUI.

Figure 5-157 View Video

Step 6 Enter the preset user nameadmin, and the preset password HuaWei123on the login page, and
clickLogin, then view the videos.
----End

5.2.3 Adding Dry Contact Interface Devices


5.2.3.1 Setting ECC800 Dry Contact Interface Parameters
5.2.3.1.1 Setting Door Status Sensor Monitoring Parameters
After connecting a door status sensor (DSS) to the AI/DI port of an ECC800 collector, you
need to set DSS parameters on the web user interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC800
collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 374


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC800 collector is


prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC800 collector over a switch.

Context
This section describes how to set DSS monitoring parameters when a DSS is connected to the
AI/DI_1 port of an ECC800 collector. Set the parameters based on the actual port connected
to the DSS onsite.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC800 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > System > AI/DI Device > Running Parameter > AI/DI_1 Port
Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit.
Step 5 Select Door Sensor for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure
5-158.

Figure 5-158 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

5.2.3.1.2 Setting Smoke Sensor and Water Leakage Sensor Parameters


After connecting a smoke sensor or water leakage sensor to the AI/DI port of an ECC800
collector, you need to set smoke sensor or water leakage sensor parameters on the web user
interface (WebUI) of the collector.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 375


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC800
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC800 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC800 collector over a switch.

Context
 This section describes how to set smoke sensor or water leakage sensor monitoring
parameters when a smoke sensor or water leakage sensor is connected to the AI/DI_1
port of an ECC800 collector. Set the parameters based on the actual port connected to the
smoke sensor or water leakage sensor onsite.
 A smoke sensor or water leakage sensor is a self-identification device. After a smoke
sensor or water leakage sensor is connected to the AI/DI port of an ECC800 collector,
the sensor type is automatically identified and you do not need to manually set AI/DI_1
Sensor Type on the WebUI.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC800 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > System > AI/DI Device > Running Parameter > AI/DI_1 Port
Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit.
Step 5 Check whether AI/DI_1 Sensor Type can be automatically identified. For example, Smoke
Sensor is automatically identified, as shown in Figure 5-159.

Figure 5-159 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 376


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

----End

5.2.3.1.3 Setting Device Monitoring Parameters of an NO/NC Dry Contact


After a normally open (NO) or normally closed (NC) dry contact is connected to the AI/DI
port of an ECC800 collector, you need to set device parameters of the NO or NC dry contact
on the WebUI.

Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the ECC800
collector.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC800 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC800 collector over a switch.

Context
 An NO or NC dry contact is a device whose normal status signal is open (or closed) and
whose alarm signal is closed (or open), such as a skylight controller.
 This section describes how to set skylight controller monitoring parameters when a
skylight controller is connected to the AI/DI_1 port of an ECC800 collector. Set the
parameters based on the actual port connected to the skylight controller onsite.

Procedure
Step 1 Log in to the WebUI of the ECC800 collector.
Step 2 Choose Monitoring > System > AI/DI Device > Running Parameter > AI/DI_1 Port
Settings.
Step 3 Select Enable for AI/DI_1 Sensor.
Step 4 Click Submit.
Step 5 Select NO or NC for AI/DI_1 Sensor Type from the drop-down list, as shown in Figure
5-160.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 377


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 5 Adding Devices

Figure 5-160 Setting the sensor type of a dry contact

 NO: indicates a normally open dry contact. The dry contact will report an alarm in the normally
closed state.
 NC: indicates a normally closed dry contact. The dry contact will report an alarm in the normally
open state.

Step 6 Set AI/DI_1 Power Supply to On.


Step 7 Click Submit.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 378


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

6 FAQ

6.1 How Do I Query the VCN500 Version Information?


Prerequisites
 You have obtained the IP address for the VCN500.
 You have obtained the user name and password used for logging in to the VCN500
client.
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the VCN500 is prepared, and
the PC has been connected to the VCN500 over a switch.

Procedure
Step 1 On a PC which is in the same IP address segment as the VCN500, enter
https://XX.XX.XX.XX:8443 in the address box, and press Enter.

 XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the VCN500 IP address.


 Encrypted transmission using SSL is supported for secure data transmission.

Step 2 (Optional) Install a security certificate when logging in to the page. Click Continue to this
website (not recommended).
Step 3 Specify User name and Password and click Log In.
Step 4 Choose Local Configuration > Basic Configuration and view the Current version
parameter value to obtain the VCN500 version information.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 379


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

6.2 How Do I Resolve the Connection Issue Between the


NVR6128 and NetEco?
Context
If the NetEco does not display video images from the camera connected to the NVR6128 after
cable connection between the NVR6128 and NetEco and commissioning have been
completed, resolve the issue by following the procedure in this section.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether cable connections between the NVR6128, camera, and NetEco are normal.
Step 2 Check whether the PC used for logging in to the NVR6128 client meets the requirements.
You are advised to log in from Internet Explorer 8 on a PC that runs 32-bit Windows XP or
Windows 7.
Step 3 Check whether the video control is installed.
For details on how to install the video control, see "Registering with the OCX Plug-in" in the
NetEco product documentation.
Step 4 Check whether parameters are correctly set for the NVR6128 and camera.
For details on how to set parameters for the NVR6128 and camera, see 5.1.27.5.1 Adding
Clairvoyance-Compliant Cameras. Pay special attention to the setting of ID for the camera.
Step 5 Check whether parameters are correctly set for the NetEco and NVR6128.
For details on how to set parameters for the NetEco and NVR6128, see 5.1.27.6 Configure a
Camera Parameter on NetEco.
Step 6 Check whether parameters are correctly set for the camera created on the NetEco.
When creating a camera on the NetEco, set IP Address to the camera IP address and set
Camera Code to the code queried on the IVS client of the NVR6128 to which the camera is
connected. Figure 6-1 shows how to query the camera code.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 380


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-1 Querying the camera code

----End

6.3 How Do I Handle Abnormal Door Control Status?


Context
If the door control status collected by the NetEco is always open, resolve the issue by
following the procedure in this section.

Procedure
Step 1 Check whether the door in the door control system is open.
 If the door is open, close the door.
 If the door is closed, go to Step 2.
Step 2 Check whether cables are connected to the door access controller and door lock properly.
 If cables are not connected properly, reconnect cables.
 If cables are connected properly, go to Step 3.
Step 3 Check whether the angle and tightness of the door magnet are appropriate.
 If the angle and tightness are inappropriate, adjust them.
 If the angle and tightness are appropriate, contact Huawei technical support.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 381


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

6.4 How Do I Set Parameters for Logging In to the


UPS2000 WebUI?
Prerequisites
You have obtained the IP address planned for the UPS2000.

Context
To log in to the UPS2000 WebUI, you must set the SSL protocol and compatibility parameters
for the Internet Explorer. Table 6-1 describes the SSL protocol versions supported by each
version of the SNMP card used in the UPS2000.

Table 6-1 SSL protocols supported by SNMP cards of different versions

SNMP Card Production External Version Supported SSL


Version Version Protocol

V100R001C00B076 V101 V100R001C00B076 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,


and TLS1.1

V100R001C00B202 V102 V100R001C00B202 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,


and TLS1.1

V100R001C00B208 V103 V100R001C00SPC1 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,


02 and TLS1.1
V100R001C10B111 V104 V100R001C10B111 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,
and TLS1.1

V100R001C31B005 V104 V100R001C31B005 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,


and TLS1.1

V100R001C31B008 V105 V100R001C31B008 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,


and TLS1.1

V100R001C10B114 V106 V100R001C10SPC5 SSL3.0, TLS1.0,


00 and TLS1.1

V100R001C10B204 V107 V100R001C10SPC6 TLS1.1


00

 If Internet Explorer 10 or Internet Explorer 11 needs to be used for logging in to the


WebUI when the SNMP card version is V100R001C10B111, V100R001C31B005,
V100R001C31B008, or V100R001C10SPC500, compatibility settings are required.
 V100R001C10SPC600 supports Internet Explorer 8, Internet Explorer 9, Internet
Explorer 10, and Internet Explorer 11 for login. If the SNMP card version is
V100R001C10SPC600, compatibility settings are not required.
This section uses Internet Explorer 11 as an example to illustrate how to set parameters.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 382


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Procedure
Step 1 Set the SSL protocol for the Internet Explorer.
1. Open the Internet Explorer and choose Tools > Internet Options.
2. Click Advanced. On the Advanced tab page, clear Use SSL 2.0 and select Use TLS 1.0,
Use TLS 1.1, and Use TLS 1.2.

If Internet Explorer 8 or Internet Explorer 9 is used, do not select Use TLS 1.2. Otherwise,
web pages cannot be accessed.

Step 2 Add compatibility settings for the Internet Explorer.


1. Open the Internet Explorer, enter the SNMP card IP address in the address bar and press
Enter to open the login page.
2. Choose Tools > Compatibility View settings from the Internet Explorer main menu.
3. Enter the SNMP card IP address in the Add this website text box and click Add on the
right.
----End

6.5 What Can I Do If the ECC500 Collector Cannot Be


Logged In on the WebUI?
Prerequisites
 You have obtained the ECC500 IP address as well as the user name and password for
WebUI login.
 You have prepared a PC which is in the same IP address segment as the ECC500 and
connected the PC to the ECC500 over a switch.

Context
Use Internet Explorer 8 as an example.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the Internet Explorer, choose Tools > Internet Options.
Step 2 Click Advanced, and select Use TLS1.1 and Use TLS1.2.
Step 3 Click Connections, and select LAN settings.
Step 4 Deselect Use a proxy server for your LAN in the Proxy server area.
Step 5 Click OK.
----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 383


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Follow-up Procedure
If the ECC500 collector still cannot be logged in on the WebUI, contact Huawei technical
support.

6.6 Logging In to the ECC800 WebUI


Prerequisites
 You have obtained the ECC800 IP address as well as the user name and password for
WebUI login.
 You have set the IP address of the PC used for commissioning and that of the ECC800 to
the same network segment.
 All monitoring devices and the ECC800 have been powered on. The monitoring devices
are communicating properly with the ECC800.

Procedure
Step 1 Prepare for logging in to the ECC800 WebUI.
1. Open the Internet Explorer and choose Tools > Internet Options.
2. Click the Advanced tab and select Use TLS1.1 and Use TLS1.2.
Step 2 Connect the PC to the WAN_2 port on the ECC800. Enter https://192.168.0.10 in the address
bar of the browser to enter the WebUI login page.

Table 6-2 Default IP addresses for the WAN and LAN ports on the ECC800

Port Default IP Address

WAN_1 192.168.1.10

WAN_2 192.168.0.10

LAN_1, LAN_2 192.168.248.10 or 192.168.245.10 (with


Vlan tag 15)

Default WiFi IP address 192.168.245.10

 The WAN1 port IP address cannot be set to an IP address in any of the following network segments:
192.168.0.x, 192.168.248.x, and 192.168.245.x.
 Ports WAN_1, WAN_2, LAN_1, and LAN_2 are isolated from each other. The ports are protected
by the security protection mechanism.

Step 3 (Optional) Install a network security certificate if a certificate problem message is displayed.
Click Continue to this website (not recommended), as shown in Figure 6-2.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 384


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-2 Security certificate problem message

This operation is performed on Windows 7. If another operating system is used, perform this operation
based on actual conditions.

Step 4 On the login page, enter the preset user name admin and preset password Changeme, set the
language, and enter the verification code to log in.

Figure 6-3 ECC800 login page

To ensure access security, change the password upon first login. For details, see 6.7 How to Change the
Preset Password for the ECC Collector.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 385


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

6.7 How to Change the Preset Password for the ECC


Collector
Prerequisites
 A PC with an IP address in the same network segment as the ECC500 V6 collector is
prepared, and the PC has been connected to the ECC500 V6 collector over a switch.
 You have obtained the IP address of the ECC500 V6 collector.

Context
Preset passwords of the ECC500 V6 and ECC800 collectors can be modified in the same way.
This topic uses the ECC500 V6 collector as an example to describe the modification method.

Procedure
Step 1 Use a PC that has an IP address in the same network segment with that of the ECC500 V6
collector, enter https://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar, and click Enter on the keyboard.

XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the collector.

Step 2 (Optional) Install a security certificate when logging in to the page. Click Continue to this
website (not recommended), as shown in Figure 6-4.

Figure 6-4 Prompt message indicating an incorrect certificate

This operation is performed on the Windows 7 OS. If other OSs are used, perform this operation based
on actual conditions.

Step 3 Enter the user name admin and the initial password 000001 or Changeme, and click Login.
Step 4 Choose Maintenance > User Management.
Step 5 Select the user you want to change, as shown in Figure 6-5.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 386


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-5 Changing the password for the ECC500 V6 collector

Step 6 Click Modify.


Step 7 Check Change Password, specify Old Password, New Password, and Confirm for the
ECC500 V6 collector, and then click Confirm, as shown in Figure 6-6.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 387


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-6 Changing the password for the ECC500 V6 collector (02)

----End

6.8 How to Change the Preset Password for the CCU


Collector
This section describes how to change the preset password for the CCU collector.

Prerequisites
 The CCU collector is connected to the PC on the CLI through a switch.
 You have obtained the IP address for the CCU collector.

Procedure
Step 1 Open the browser, enter http://XX.XX.XX.XX, and press Enter.

XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the collector.

Step 2 Enter the preset user name admin, the corresponding preset password 123456 and the
Vefycode, clickLogin.
Step 3 Choose Configure > Users.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 388


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Step 4 Select the user, as shown in Figure 6-7.

Figure 6-7 Change the password of the CCU collector

Step 5 Click Modify.


Step 6 Enter Old Password, New Password and Confirm Password, click Apply.
----End

6.9 How to Update the Software Version of CCU Collector


This topic describes how to update the software version of CCU.

Operation Scenario
Upgrade CCU collector software when a new software version is available.

Impact on the System


Any incorrect operation might impose impact on the system. Therefore, only trained and
qualified personnel are allowed to upgrade CCU collector software.

Prerequisites
 A PC is available for you log in to the CCU collector over the Web user interface
(WebUI).
 The CCU collector software package is installed on the PC. To obtain the package, log in
to http://support.huawei.com, and choose Software > Version Software.
 You have obtained the IP address, and login user name and password for the CCU
collector to be upgraded.

Procedure
1. Input http://XX.XX.XX.XX in the address bar and press Enter.

XX.XX.XX.XX indicates the IP address of the collector.


2. Enter the user name, password, and verification code, and click Login.
3. Choose Maintenance from the main menu on the Web UI.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 389


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

4. Select Upgrade on the left of the Maintenance page.


5. Click Browse to select a path for saving the CCU collector software package.
6. Click Upgrade.
After the upgrade is complete, wait five minutes, if the CCU collector does not automatically
restart, manually restart the CCU collector.

If there is error information appears while login CCU collector by Internet Explorer, please clear the
Internet Explorer browser cache manually.

Follow-up Procedure
To check whether the CCU collector is upgraded successfully, perform the following steps:
1. Open the browser and enter the address of the CCU collector board in the address bar.
Then, press Enter.
2. Enter the user name, password, and verification code, and click Login.
3. Choose Maintenance from the main menu on the WebUI.
4. Click the Version tab and check whether PACKAGEV displays the current software
version.
− If yes, the upgrade is successful.
− If no, the upgrade fails. Contact Huawei technical support.

6.10 NetEco Common Operations


6.10.1 Creating a Domain
This section describes how to configure managed domains.

Prerequisites
You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser

Context
The types of the managed domain: Park, Building, Room, Container, NetecoSite. You are
advised to plan the affiliation before configure the managed domains.
To create management domain, note that:
 You can create Park, Building, Container, Room and NetecoSite under Root.
 You can create Building, Container and Room under Park.
 You can create only Floor under Building.
 You can create Device, Power, Cooling, OilMachine, Monitor, Union, Transformer
and AIO under Container.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 390


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Add managed domains.
1. In the navigation tree, choose the father node where you want to add a managed domain.
2. In the Equipment area which is below the navigation tree, drag a managed domain icon
to the required position in the view.

You can adjust the shape of room, Room-ShadeNode, Building-ShadeNode , Floor-ShadeNode,


Container-ShadeNode, polygon NetEco site, and domains and devices created at the polygon NetEco
site: Holding down the Shift key and the left mouse button and then clicking on the corresponding lines
can increase the small yellow dot. You can drag the small yellow dot to adjust the shape of the managed
domain icon.
3. In the right side of the view area, set Management Attribution.

If you want to delete a managed domain, click the managed domain icon and choose > Delete.
Table 6-3 describes the parameters for Park, Building, Container. Table 6-3 and Table
6-4 describes the parameters for Room and NetecoSite.

Table 6-3 Parameters for the park, building, container, and equipment room management domains

Parameter Description Remarks

Parent object Upper-level management The NetEco automatically identifies this name.
domain name

Type Management domain The NetEco automatically identifies this name.


type

Name Management domain The value contains 1 to 128 characters


name excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\
SN Serial number of the The value contains 0 to 128 characters.
created management
domain

Location Physical location of the The value contains 0 to 64 characters.


created management
domain

Plan Total power supply for The value is an integer ranging from 1 to
Power(kw) the created management 9999999.
domain

Description Description of the The value contains 0 to 255 characters.


created management
domain.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 391


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Table 6-4 Parameters for the equipment room management domain

Parameter Description Remarks

Room Type Equipment room type, Select the equipment room type as required.
including DG Plant, High
Volt. Distribution Plant,
Low Volt. Distribution
Plant, Power
Transformer Plant, UPS
& Battery Room, Service
Room, Cooling Plant,
Branch Room.

Design Type Network design type. Select the network design type as required.
You can set this
parameter to grid or
polygon.
Planned Number of the equipment The value is an integer ranging from 1 to 2000.
Rack positions in the layout
Position plan, equipment room
cabinets planning
machine can not exceed
the median.

Wire Laying Cabling mode of the Select UpLine, Downline from the
created management down-down list box.
domain.

Address Address of the created The value contains 0 to 128 characters.


management domain.
City Name of the city where The value contains 0 to 128 characters.
the created management
domain is located.

Country Name of the country The value contains 0 to 64 characters.


where the created
management domain is
located.

Level Level of the created Select Tier 1, Tier 2, Tier 3, A, B, C from the
management domain. drop-down list box.

Owner Management personnel The value contains 0 to 64 characters.


for the created
management domain.

Latitude Latitude of the position The value contains -90 to 90 characters.


where the created
management domain is
located.
Longitude Longitude of the position The value contains -180 to 180 characters.
where the created
management domain is
located.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 392


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Parameter Description Remarks

Power Mode Power supply mode of Select Dual power supply or Single power
the created management supply from the drop-down list box.
domain.

Voltage Voltage phase of the Select 110V, 220V, or 380V from the
Type created management drop-down list.
domain (in the unit of
VAC).
Cooling Refrigerating mode of Select Water Cooled Direct Expansion or
Model the created management Air Cooled Direct Expansion from the
domain. drop-down list.
Plan Cooling power of the The value contains 1 to 9999999 characters.
Refrigerating created management
Capacity domain.
Frequency The power frequency of Chooses 50HZ or 60HZ in the dropdown box.
created management
domain.

UPS UPS operating mode of Select N, N+X(X=1~N), 2N, or 2(N+1) from


Working the created management the drop-down list box.
Mode domain.

Air-Distribut Air supply mode of the Select Vertical under-floor Air-distribution,


ion created management Horizontal displacement Air-distribution,
domain. Side displacement Air-distribution, Vertical
overhead Air-distribution, Horizontal
overhead Air-distribution, or Natural
convection overhead Air-distribution from
the drop-down list box.

Has Generator for the created Select Single Generator, Dual Generator,
Generator management domain. orNULL from the drop-down list box.

* are mandatory, and other parameters are optional. The value of Planned Rack Position cannot be
changed after it is set. The number of cabinets cannot exceed the planned number. Therefore, you should
set enough number of planned cabinets to meet requirements in module creation.

4. Click from the toolbar.


5. Repeatedly execute from step a to step d, until all the managed domains are successfully
configured.

Step 3 Click from the toolbar.


----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 393


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

6.10.2 Adding a Module


This section describes how to add a module in the management domain of an equipment
room.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have created equipment room in Configuration Management. For detailed
operations, see 6.10.1 Creating a Domain.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Configuration > Configuration Management from the main menu. The
Configuration Management window is displayed.
Step 2 Choose Room from the navigation tree on the left.
Step 3 Click Equipment. The infrastructure area is displayed.
Step 4 Select Modular from the Type drop-down list, as shown in Figure 6-8.

Figure 6-8 Selecting the modular

Step 5 Select the Modular to be added and drag the modular icon to the Room area, as shown in
Figure 6-9.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 394


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-9 Adding the modular

Step 6 Modify Management Attribution of the module based on Table 6-5 or retain the default
values, and then click , as shown in Figure 6-9.

The parameters with * are mandatory.

Table 6-5 Setting modular parameters

Name Description

Required list

Name Name of the device


The value contains 1 to 128 characters excluding following
characters ,"#%&'+/;<=>?\

Direction Set to Horizontal by default


Chooses in the dropdown box Horizontal or Vertical.

Layout Set to single-row wide aisle1 by default


Chooses behind in the dropdown box the single-row wide aisle1, single-row
wide aisle2, dual-row wide aisle, single-row narrow aisle1, single-row
narrow aisle2 and single-row dual aisle.
Half Slot Set to 11 by default
Number Type of the modular management domain (A larger number indicates a larger
modular management domain.)
The value is an integer ranging from 4 to 50.

Aisle Set to 1200 by default


Size The value is an integer ranging from 0 to 65535.
Aisle Set to Cool Aisle by default
Containm Chooses in the dropdown box Hot Aisle or Cool Aisle.
ent Type

Optional list

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 395


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Name Description

Parent Management domain of the device


Object

Type Device type


Manufact Manufacturer of the device
urer The value contains 1 to 64 characters.

Serial Device number


Number The value contains 0 to 64 characters.

Location Location of the device


The value contains 0 to 64 characters.
Install Set to Floor Build In by default
Mode Installation mode of the device, including Floor Build In, Cabinet Build In,
Wall Build In and Ceiling Installation.
Wire Set to Ascending Line by default
Type Wiring mode of the device, including Ascending Line, Down Line and Floor
Line.
Airflow Set to Vertical Under-Floor Air-Distribution by default
Type A total of five airflow types, such as the Vertical Under-Floor
Air-Distribution, Horizontal Displacement Air-Distribution and Side
Displacement Air-Distribution.

Height Set to 2000 by default


Chooses the 2000 number or the 2200 number in the dropdown box.

----End

Follow-up Procedure
You can delete one modular or multiple modulars in batches on the current page.

If a modular contains sub devices, you cannot delete the modular. You can delete the modular only after
you delete sub devices in the modular.
 Delete one module.
a. Select Modular and click Delete under , as shown in Figure 6-10.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 396


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-10 Delete one module page

b. In the displayed Confirm dialog box, click Yes.


 Delete multiple modules in batches.

a. Click on the toolbar to display the Figure 6-11 page.

Figure 6-11 Delete multiple modules in batches page

b. Select multiple multiples and click Delete.


c. In the displayed Confirm dialog box, click Yes.

6.10.3 Creating an Icon for a Door Status Sensor


This section describes how to create and configure an icon for a door status sensor in an
equipment room or container.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 397


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Prerequisites
You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Data Center View from the main menu. The Data Center View window
is displayed.

Step 2 In the view editing window, click . The Toolbox dialog box is displayed.

Step 3 Drag to the required position in the view. The Property Panel dialog box is
displayed, as shown in Figure 6-12.

Figure 6-12 Property Panel

Step 4 Type the name for the icon and click . The dialog box for selecting pictures is
displayed, as shown in Figure 6-13.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 398


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

1. In the Setting Rule dialog box, configure names for rules and configure the icon to
display the door open status at a high level or low level.
2. Click OK.

Figure 6-13 Setting Rule

Step 5 In the Extend Properties pane in the Property Panel dialog box, click following the
Attribute to configure data for the door status sensor icon.
Step 6 On the displayed Select Data page, select Managed Object and Attribute, as shown in
Figure 6-14. Then, click OK.

After the managed object and counter are bound, you can remotely open and close a door using the door
status sensor icon.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 399


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

1. Click the door status sensor icon and choose Close or Open under .
2. In the displayed dialog box, click Yes.

Figure 6-14 Select managed object and attribute

Step 7 In the Extend Properties pane in the Property Panel dialog box, click following the
Current Alarm. The Select Data dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-15. Select
alarms to be bound to the icon.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 400


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-15 Binding alarms

Step 8 Click OK.


Step 9 Configure basic properties for the icon, as show in Figure 6-16.

Figure 6-16 Basic properties of the icon

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 401


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

6.10.4 Create the Water Sensor


This section describes how to create the Water Sensor icons to bind the managed objects,
indicators, and alarms.

Prerequisites
You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Data Center View from the main menu. The Data Center View window
is displayed.

Step 2 Click on the toolbar. A 3D equipment room view is displayed.

Step 3 Click on the toolbar. The Toolbox dialog box is displayed.

Step 4 Drag to the required position in the view. The Property Panel dialog box is
displayed, as shown in Figure 6-17.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 402


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-17 Property Panel

Step 5 Click . In the Select Data dialog box, select managed objects and indicators, as shown
in Figure 6-18.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 403


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-18 Selecting managed objects and indicators

Step 6 Click OK.

Step 7 In the Property Panel dialog box, click following the Current Alarm text. The
dialog box for selecting an alarm is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-19.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 404


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-19 Binding alarms

Step 8 Click OK.

After an alarm is bound with a device icon, the color of the device icon will be changed to that of the
color indicating that the bound alarm is generated.

----End

6.10.5 Create the LinkWater Sensor


This section describes how to create the LinkWater Sensor icons to bind the managed
objects, indicators, and alarms.

Prerequisites
You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Data Center View from the main menu. The Data Center View window
is displayed.
Step 2 In the navigation tree, select the management domain that you want to add link water sensor.

Step 3 Click on the toolbar. A 2D equipment room view is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 405


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Step 4 Click on the toolbar. The Toolbox dialog box is displayed.

Step 5 Drag to the required position in the view. The Property Panel dialog box is
displayed, as shown in Figure 6-20.

Figure 6-20 Property Panel

Step 6 Click . In the Select Data dialog box, select managed objects and indicators, as shown
in Figure 6-21.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 406


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-21 Selecting managed objects and indicators

Step 7 Click OK.

Step 8 In the Property Panel dialog box, click following the Current Alarm text. The
dialog box for selecting an alarm is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-22.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 407


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-22 Binding alarms

Step 9 Click OK.

After an alarm is bound with a device icon, the color of the device icon will be changed to that of the
color indicating that the bound alarm is generated.
Hold down the Shift key and the left mouse button and then click on the corresponding lines can
increase the small yellow dot. You can drag the small yellow dot to design irregular LinkWater Sensor.

----End

6.10.6 Create the Smoke Sensor


This section describes how to create the Smoke Sensor icons to bind the managed objects,
indicators, and alarms.

Prerequisites
You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Data Center View from the main menu. The Data Center View window
is displayed.

Step 2 Click on the toolbar. A 3D equipment room view is displayed.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 408


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Step 3 Click on the toolbar. The Toolbox dialog box is displayed.

Step 4 Drag to the required position in the view. The Property Panel dialog box is
displayed, as shown in Figure 6-23.

Figure 6-23 Property Panel

Step 5 Click . In the Select Data dialog box, select managed objects and indicators, as shown
in Figure 6-24.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 409


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-24 Selecting managed objects and indicators

Step 6 Click OK.

Step 7 In the Property Panel dialog box, click following the Current Alarm text. The
dialog box for selecting an alarm is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-25.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 410


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-25 Binding alarms

Step 8 Click OK.

After an alarm is bound with a device icon, the color of the device icon will be changed to that of the
color indicating that the bound alarm is generated.

----End

6.10.7 Registering with the OCX Plug-in


Only after you register with the OCX plug-in, you can play videos recorded by the camera on
the NetEco in real time.

Procedure
Step 1 Open Internet Explorer and choose Tools > Internet Options.
Step 2 Click Security, as shown in Figure 6-26.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 411


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-26 Security tab page

Step 3 Add the IP address of the client to the trusted site list.
1. Select Trusted sites and click Sites. Add the IP address of the client to the trusted site
list, as shown in Figure 6-27.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 412


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-27 Trusted site list

2. Click Add and then click Close.


Step 4 Enable ActiveX-related options for trusted sites.

After ActiveX-related options are enabled, a message is displayed, indicating that the computer is prone
to risks due to security settings. Ignore the message.
1. Choose Credible stand > From definition rank. The Security setting – trusted stand
region dialog box is displayed, as shown in Figure 6-28.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 413


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

Figure 6-28 Security setting – trusted stand region

2. Enable the following options and then click Ok.


− Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe
− Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting
− Download signed ActiveX controls
− Download unsigned ActiveX controls
3. A dialog box is displayed, indicating Does the determination need to change the
establishment of this region?. Click Yes.
Step 5 Register with the OCX plug-in.
Restart Internet Explorer and enter the IP address to be accessed by the client. The page for
watching videos is displayed. Click Install according to the prompt message. After the OCX
plug-in is installed, you can watch the videos. If videos are not displayed, contact Huawei
technical support.

If it is the first time to install the plug, you need to wait about 10 to 20 seconds.

Step 6 If the OCX plug-in needs to be registered on the client again, perform the following
operations to uninstall the OCX plug-in and then re-install it:
1. Close Internet Explorer.
2. Delete related files.
If you are uninstalling NVR6128 version of the plug, find C disk directory folder exists
IVS_OCX folder, right-click to select Delete.

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 414


iManager NetEco 6000
Device Installation and Commissioning Guide 6 FAQ

If you are uninstalling VCN500 version of the plug, find C disk directory folder exists
eSDK_IVS folder, right-click to select Delete.
3. Restart Internet Explorer, enter the IP address for accessing the NetEco client, and open
the page for video modules. The NetEco automatically installs the OCX plug-in.
----End

6.10.8 Formatting an Access Controller


This topic describes how to format access control cards, historical records, timezones, and
holidays.

Prerequisites
 You have logged in to the NetEco client by web browser
 You have the operation rights for Access Control Management.

Context
The door access controller synchronized by the ECC800 to the NetEco does not support
formatting.

Procedure
Step 1 Choose Monitor > Access Control from the main menu. The Access Control window is
displayed.

Step 2 In the Controllers tab page, click in the Operation list. The confirm dialog box is
displayed.
Step 3 Click Yes. The access controller is successfully formatted.

 After formatting the access controller, click to initialize parameters. In this manner, the
timezones are enabled. The access controller is not disabled even if the parameters are not initialized
or the timezones are not enabled.
 Synchronize the timezones and then the user groups or holidays after an access controller is
formatted and parameters are initialized.
 You can click Event List > Operation Logs to query operation details.

----End

Issue 07 (2019-03-06) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 415

Вам также может понравиться